{"title":"Jelly Beans","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"sts-cd\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Beans\u003c\/strong\u003e at Spices To Snacks — jelly beans in classic, gourmet and novelty flavours, in bags and bulk. This collection lists \u003cstrong\u003e200 products\u003c\/strong\u003e from \u003cstrong\u003e49 brands\u003c\/strong\u003e, priced $47.13–$186.31 CAD. Every order ships free across Canada with no minimum, and returns are free within 30 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrands stocked here:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-jelly-belly\"\u003eJelly Belly (100)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-lyza-s-sweets-treats\"\u003eLYZA'S SWEETS \u0026amp; TREATS (8)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-dm-sweets\"\u003eDM Sweets (5)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-geeoollah\"\u003eGEEOOLLAH (4)\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/brand-yankeetraders\"\u003eYANKEETRADERS (4)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRelated:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snacks\"\u003eSnacks\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/best-sellers\"\u003eBest Sellers\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/new-arrivals\"\u003eNew Arrivals\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/all-categories\"\u003eAll categories\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/all-brands\"\u003eAll brands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"jelly-belly-harry-potter-bertie-botts-every-flavor-beans-24-ct-1-2-oz-boxes-novelty-party-favor-assortment","title":"Jelly Belly Harry Potter Bertie Bott's Every Flavor Beans 24-ct 1.2 oz Boxes — Novelty \u0026 Party Favor Assortment","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese are Jelly Belly’s licensed Harry Potter Bertie Bott’s Every Flavor Beans: 24 small 1.2 oz boxes containing a playful mix of classic and bizarre jelly bean flavors inspired by the books and films.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring a bit of wizarding-world mischief to parties, movie nights, or gift bags with this assortment. Each 1.2 oz box holds an unpredictable selection from a 20-flavor roster that mixes familiar tastes like watermelon and banana with intentionally odd or surprising flavors such as earwax, dirt, and black pepper. Boxes are packed in a 24-count carton and are randomly assorted, so every little box is a small surprise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included in the Bertie Bott’s Every Flavor set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assortment includes twenty different flavor profiles ranging from fruity and sweet to quirky and bold. Flavors are designed to recreate the playful, sometimes shocking experience described in the Harry Potter books and films, with both conventional and novelty options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFruity: watermelon, cherry, blueberry, lemon, banana, tutti-frutti\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweet \u0026amp; creamy: marshmallow, candyfloss\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpicy \u0026amp; savory: cinnamon, sausage, black pepper\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNovelty\/novel textures: dirt, earwax, booger, vomit, rotten egg, soap, earthworm, grass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are the boxes packaged and what should I expect when ordering?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach unit contains 24 individually boxed 1.2 oz servings, sized for single portions or small giveaways. The boxes are randomly assorted; any single order may not include every one of the twenty flavors, and the distribution inside each box is variable by chance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24 small boxes per pack, each 1.2 oz for easy portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRandom assortment—no guaranteed repeat-free sets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact boxes fit into party favors, mint jars, or gift bins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I serve or use these jelly beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey’re perfect for themed events, trick-or-treating, themed gift bundles, movie marathons, or tasting games that embrace the surprise factor. Because the assortment intentionally includes unusual flavors, use them where playful shock value adds to the fun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse in taste-challenge games or party stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to Harry Potter-themed party favors or stocking stuffers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe during film nights or conventions for authentic novelty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there ingredients or allergy considerations I should know about?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Jelly Belly beans are confectionery products made with common candy ingredients and colorings. If you have specific allergies or dietary restrictions, check the manufacturer’s ingredient list on packaging or contact Jelly Belly directly before consuming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains flavored and colored confectionery ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging lists full ingredient and allergen details—review before purchase\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot formulated as a medical or dietary product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This 24-count set of 1.2 oz Jelly Belly Harry Potter Bertie Bott’s Every Flavor Beans suits fans of the franchise, party hosts, event planners, and anyone who enjoys novelty sweets and tasting games. It’s ideal for themed celebrations, bulk classroom rewards, cosplay meet-ups, or anyone looking for a whimsical edible gift that sparks conversation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many boxes are included and what size are they?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: You get 24 individual boxes, each containing 1.2 ounces of Jelly Belly Bertie Bott’s Every Flavor Beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Will each box contain all twenty flavors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No—boxes are randomly assorted and may not contain every flavor from the 20-flavor lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001129357395,"sku":"B00CH987NE","price":147.55,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-front-packaging-bertie-botts.jpg?v=1787161140"},{"product_id":"the-jelly-bean-planet-gourmet-jelly-beans-42-5-oz-jar-36-natural-fruit-flavors-kosher","title":"The Jelly Bean Planet Gourmet Jelly Beans 42.5 oz Jar — 36 Natural Fruit Flavors, Kosher","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Jelly Bean Planet 42.5 oz jar is a bulk collection of 36 natural-fruit-flavored, kosher jelly beans made with plant-based colors and no gelatin or gluten.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePacked in a clear, resealable jar, this assortment offers a wide spectrum of bite-sized sweets crafted in Ireland for flavor-forward snacking and seasonal gifting. The mix highlights fruit-forward, dessert-inspired, and drink-inspired profiles—each bean delivering a crisp shell and a chewy center—designed for sharing at parties, filling gift baskets, or stocking candy bowls for holidays like Easter, Halloween, and Christmas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how varied are they?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 36-flavor lineup spans classic fruits, dessert riffs, and playful beverage-inspired options to keep tasting interesting. Flavors range from bright citrus and berry notes to novelty picks like Bubble Tea Peach and Cherry Blossom Soda.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e36 uniquely labeled natural fruit flavors for broad appeal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes sour, sweet, and novelty varieties (e.g., Sour Lemon, Candy Floss)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRotating flavor emphasis makes each jar a tasting experience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans safe for common dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this product is formulated to be allergen-conscious and suitable for many diets. The beans are kosher, free from gelatin and gluten, and colored using plant-based dyes, reducing common animal- and wheat-derived ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher-certified production for dietary observance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGelatin-free and gluten-free for broader accessibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlant-based colors instead of synthetic or animal-derived dyes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I serve, store, and use this bulk jar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe resealable jar keeps beans fresh on a countertop or pantry shelf; store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain texture and color. Use them as party favors, candy buffet options, baking decorations, or fun mix-ins for gift baskets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable 42.5 oz jar for easy serving and storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for Easter baskets, party bowls, and candy buffets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse in small clear bags for favors or as colorful dessert toppers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere are these jelly beans made and what does that mean for quality?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduced in Ireland, these beans reflect a long confectionery tradition with attention to shell crispness and chewy centers. That origin emphasizes consistent texture and a focus on flavor authenticity across batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured in Ireland with quality control on texture and flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent shell-to-center ratio for a satisfying chew\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk packaging suited for both personal use and events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The Jelly Bean Planet 42.5 oz jar is ideal for hosts, event planners, parents, and anyone who loves to explore flavor variety without common animal or gluten ingredients. It works well for seasonal gift-givers, classroom treats, and snackers looking for a colorful, shareable candy option that accommodates several dietary preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, glucose syrup, corn starch, fruit juice concentrates (pineapple, orange, apple), natural flavorings, acids (citric acid, fumaric acid), concentrates from (carrot, spirulina, apple, radish, pumpkin, black currant), glazing agents (shellac, carnauba wax, beeswax), color (caramel color), acidity regulator (sodium citrate), salt, coconut oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans gluten-free and gelatin-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The Jelly Bean Planet jelly beans are gluten-free and made without gelatin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in the 42.5 oz jar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Servings vary by portion, but a 42.5 oz jar typically provides many small snack servings ideal for sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"The Jelly Bean Planet","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001379999827,"sku":"B099KPV5BZ","price":117.3,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/the-jelly-bean-planet-jar-front.jpg?v=1787165647"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-jelly-beans-3-lb-assorted-fruit-flavors-resealable-gluten-free-pouch","title":"Jelly Belly Jelly Beans 3 lb — Assorted Fruit Flavors, Resealable Gluten-Free Pouch","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Jelly Beans, 3 lb is a bulk assortment of fruit-forward, gluten-free jelly beans delivered in a resealable pouch for snacking, gifting, or event candy tables.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis three-pound bag packs a wide selection of Jelly Belly's best-loved fruit flavors into one convenient, resealable pouch. Each bean has a thin candy shell and a chewy, flavorful center, making them a classic choice for candy bowls, party favors, or everyday treats. The mix is free from gluten, dairy, peanuts, and gelatin and is made in the U.S., letting you serve a versatile confection that fits many dietary preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included in the 3 lb bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag brings together a curated mix of Jelly Belly's fruity varieties so you get a lively range of tastes in every handful. Flavors can include common favorites like cherry, orange, lemon, and more adventurous fruit notes depending on the batch. Expect a colorful variety that’s balanced between tart, sweet, and tangy profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssorted fruit-centered flavors selected from Jelly Belly's popular lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach bean individually flavored for distinct taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eColorful mix suitable for themed displays or mixed bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for special diets or events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Jelly Belly Jelly Beans in this 3 lb pack are made without gelatin, milk, or peanuts and are labeled gluten-free and kosher, so they accommodate many dietary restrictions. They're low in fat and vegetarian friendly, which makes them a good option for general gatherings and allergy-aware events. Still check ingredient labeling if you have specific severe allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified gluten-free and kosher\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains no dairy, gelatin, or peanuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian-friendly and low fat — about four calories per bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve this bulk bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe resealable stand-up pouch helps keep beans fresh for extended snacking when stored in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. For parties, decant into bowls or glass jars for an attractive display; for gifting, divide into small favor bags or use as a colorful addition to gift baskets. Proper storage preserves texture and flavor so the beans remain enjoyable over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable pouch for convenient storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a cool, dry location to maintain texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for bowls, jars, favors, and candy buffets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many servings or beans are in the 3 lb package?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pound contains roughly 400 beans, so a three-pound bag contains about 1,200 jelly beans. With approximately four calories per bean, you can estimate portion sizes for parties or calorie-aware snacking. The large quantity is useful for event planning, candy stations, or refilling smaller containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 400 beans per pound (roughly 1,200 beans total)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 4 calories per bean for portion planning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk format reduces the need for frequent reorders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This 3 lb Jelly Belly assortment is designed for hosts, event planners, candy lovers, and gift-givers who want a generous supply of diverse, high-quality jelly beans. It's a practical choice for weddings, corporate events, holiday candy stations, or anyone looking to stock up on iconic, fruit-flavored confections that accommodate common dietary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFeatures: New multi-flavor stand-up pouch, fat-free, gelatin-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertification: Kosher, gluten-free, vegetarian friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the U.S., perfect for gifting, parties, and everyday snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeans\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Jelly Belly jelly beans in this bag gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The 3 lb Jelly Belly assortment is labeled gluten-free and suitable for gluten-sensitive consumers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many beans are in the 3-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Approximately 1,200 beans total, based on about 400 beans per pound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001778032723,"sku":"B0049J3LRC","price":106.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-3lb-front-pouch.jpg?v=1787172770"},{"product_id":"geeoollah-jelly-beans-bulk-2-lb-resealable-bag-assorted-fruit-flavors-soft-chewy-candy","title":"GEEOOLLAH Jelly Beans Bulk 2 lb Resealable Bag — Assorted Fruit Flavors, Soft Chewy Candy","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGEEOOLLAH Original Jelly Beans (2 lb) are a resealable bulk bag of fruit-flavored jelly beans made for sharing at parties, holiday stockings, or snacking straight from the pouch.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBright, soft, and fruit-forward, these classic jelly beans deliver a chewy, squishy bite and a variety of popular flavors like strawberry, grape, apple, cherry, orange and lemon. Packaged in a convenient resealable 2-pound bag, they keep their texture and aroma longer than single-serve wrappers, making them a reliable choice for seasonal celebrations, candy bowls, event favors, or everyday treat jars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and textures should I expect from GEEOOLLAH Original Jelly Beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach piece is designed to offer a concentrated fruit flavor with a soft, yielding texture that releases taste gradually as you chew. The mix includes familiar, crowd-pleasing fruit notes tuned for bright, immediate sweetness rather than lingering aftertaste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor variety: strawberry, grape, green apple, cherry, orange, lemon\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTexture: soft, squishy center with a slight exterior chew\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSensory profile: bright, fruity aromas and bold initial taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the candy packaged and stored to stay fresh for events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe jelly beans arrive in a large, resealable pouch designed to preserve flavor and texture between uses. The resealable closure reduces air exposure so you can refill bowls or favor bags over multiple days without significant loss of quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable 2 lb polyethylene pouch for repeated opening and closing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoom-temperature storage recommended, away from direct heat or sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to portion into party-sized bags, jars, or stocking stuffers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for parties, holidays, and bulk use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2-pound bulk pack is ideal for event planners, families, or anyone preparing treats for holidays like Halloween, Christmas, or Easter. The assorted flavors and bright colors make them versatile for decorating candy dishes, filling piñatas, or assembling party favor bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for party bowls, candy buffets, and dessert tables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for holiday stockings, Easter eggs, and trick-or-treat giveaways\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge enough to serve groups without frequent restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dietary or ingredient information should buyers know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGEEOOLLAH Original Jelly Beans are formulated with flavor-forward ingredients intended for broad enjoyment. They are fat-free and gluten-free, making them compatible with many snack preferences; always check the product label for full ingredient and allergen details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFat-free and gluten-free formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade from carefully selected ingredients for consistent flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult the package label for allergy, ingredient, and manufacturing specifics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? These GEEOOLLAH jelly beans are aimed at anyone who needs colorful, crowd-friendly candy in bulk—event hosts, teachers preparing classroom treats, parents stuffing holiday stockings, or snack lovers who appreciate classic fruit-flavored jelly candies. If you want a versatile, resealable bag of sweets for decorating, gifting, or casual snacking, this 2 lb pack offers a convenient, flavorful solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Beans\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in the 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: A 2 lb bag yields many servings; typical candy servings vary, so expect roughly 30–50 small handful servings depending on portion size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use these for party favors and holiday stockings?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The resealable bulk bag makes it easy to portion jelly beans into favor bags, Easter eggs, or stocking stuffers for events and holidays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"GEEOOLLAH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001783210067,"sku":"B0B91W4DWF","price":104.34,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/geeoollah-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787172955"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-sugar-free-jelly-beans-8-25-oz-bags-10-count-case-resealable-vegan-gluten-free","title":"Jelly Belly Sugar Free Jelly Beans 8.25 oz Bags — 10-Count Case, Resealable, Vegan \u0026 Gluten-Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Sugar Free jelly beans deliver full-flavor, low-sugar enjoyment in convenient 8.25 oz resealable bags sold as a 10-count case.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese sugar-free beans let you enjoy Jelly Belly's signature flavors with fewer calories than the original recipe. The mix includes ten classic tastes—Buttered Popcorn, Cherry, Green Apple, Juicy Pear, Lemon, Licorice, Pineapple, Sizzling Cinnamon, Strawberry, and Tangerine—formulated without table sugar. Each bag is resealable to keep the candies fresh, and the product is OU Kosher, vegan-friendly, peanut-free, gluten-free, dairy-free, and fat-free. Note: sugar alcohol content can cause digestive sensitivity in some people; the manufacturer recommends beginning with a small portion (for example, eight beans) to assess tolerance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these sugar-free beans compare to regular Jelly Belly in taste and calories?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlavor profiles are designed to mimic the classic Jelly Belly lineup, providing the same recognizable tastes but in a formula that reduces calories by roughly 28% compared with regular beans. Expect vibrant flavor notes and the chewy jelly-bean texture you know, with a different sweetener system replacing table sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 28% fewer calories than standard Jelly Belly beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame ten signature flavors included in the mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChewy texture preserved for authentic mouthfeel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these Jelly Belly beans safe for specific diets or allergies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese beans accommodate many common dietary needs: they’re free from peanuts, dairy, gluten, and animal-derived fats, and they carry OU Kosher certification. They’re also fat-free and suitable for vegetarians. Always check ingredient lists if you have severe allergies or cross-sensitivity concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified and labeled vegan-friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free and dairy-free formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFat-free and gluten-free for broader dietary compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat packaging and storage features should I expect from this 10-count case?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach case contains ten 8.25 oz bags filled by weight (not volume) and sealed at the factory for freshness. The bags are resealable to extend shelf life after opening, and the beans carry a 24-month best-by period when unopened and stored in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold as a 10-count case of 8.25 oz resealable bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct guaranteed by the seller—contact for support or questions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24-month shelf life when stored properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCould eating these beans cause digestive effects?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the sugar-free formula uses sugar alcohols, consuming larger amounts may lead to stomach discomfort or a laxative effect for some people. Tolerance varies—start with a small serving to understand how your body responds and adjust accordingly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains roughly 33 g sugar alcohol per 40 g serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecommended starter portion: about eight beans or fewer\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEffects vary by individual—scale intake as needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this product for? The Jelly Belly Sugar Free 8.25 oz 10-count case suits anyone seeking the classic Jelly Belly flavor experience with reduced sugar and fewer calories—particularly people managing sugar intake, those following vegetarian or allergy-aware diets, event planners, bulk buyers, and fans who prefer resealable single bags. It’s ideal for sampling multiple flavors, stocking office candy bowls, party favors, or keeping a sweet, lower-sugar option on hand for guests. If you have specific health concerns, consult a healthcare professional before changing your diet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThis is a 10 count case of 8.25 bags filled with fresh-from-the-factory Sugar-Free Jelly Bean goodness!\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe bag is re-sealable for optimal freshness and longevity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free, OU Kosher, Fat-free, Gluten-free and Dairy-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHave a question? Contact us! We're happy to help\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many bags are included in the case?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The case contains ten 8.25 oz resealable bags, sold by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can these beans cause digestive discomfort?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—sugar alcohols may cause stomach upset or laxative effects; start with a small portion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001878564947,"sku":"B07T8F1DV2","price":186.31,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-sugar-free-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787175843"},{"product_id":"tundras-classic-jelly-beans-variety-pack-14-5-oz-assorted-fruity-flavors-resealable-bag","title":"Tundras Classic Jelly Beans Variety Pack 14.5 oz — Assorted Fruity Flavors, Resealable Bag","description":"\u003cb\u003eTundras Classic Jelly Beans are a 14.5 oz variety pack of egg-shaped, fruity chewy candies in seven bright flavors for snacking, baking, and seasonal gifting.\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBrightly colored and playfully shaped like miniature eggs, these jelly beans offer a familiar chewy texture with seven fruit-forward flavors: pineapple, lemon, lime, orange, cherry, grape, and strawberry. Packaged in a resealable 14.5-ounce bag containing about 140 pieces, this assortment is designed to be an easy pantry staple for candy dishes, party favors, and holiday baskets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these jelly beans fit into celebrations and gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe egg-like shape and vibrant palette make these jelly beans especially suited to springtime events, but they work year-round for favors, stocking stuffers, and dessert toppings. They’re shelf-stable and arrive in a sealed bag that helps preserve freshness until you’re ready to use them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well in Easter baskets, gift jars, and decorative bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable packaging keeps candies fresh between uses\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eColors coordinate easily with party themes and seasonal décor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and textures can I expect from each bean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bean delivers a chewy center with a thin, glossy outer shell and a distinct fruity note for quick flavor recognition. The mix includes classic fruit flavors so guests and family members can quickly pick favorites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncluded flavors: pineapple, lemon, lime, orange, cherry, grape, strawberry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChewy interior with a slightly firm candy shell\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniform, egg-inspired shapes for a playful presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these jelly beans in cooking and decorating?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese candies are versatile for edible decorating and casual baking uses. They add color and texture to cupcakes, cookies, and dessert platters, and they make attractive edible toppers that are simple to apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop cupcakes, cakes, and cookies for instant visual appeal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill clear jars or treat bags for attractive party favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eScatter in candy dishes or use as colorful table accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans convenient for storage and portioning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14.5 oz bag size balances quantity and convenience: large enough for gatherings but still manageable for home storage. Resealable packaging and the moderate piece count (around 140 beans) make it simple to portion out servings or refill smaller containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable bag for day-to-day storage and freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApprox. 140 pieces allows for multiple small servings or several favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to pour and portion into smaller bags or containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Tundras Classic Jelly Beans suit anyone planning colorful snacks, seasonal decorating, or casual entertaining—families, event hosts, bakers, and gift-makers who want a playful, fruit-flavored candy option. If you need a ready-to-use assortment for baskets, baking projects, or candy dishes, this 14.5 oz bag delivers a convenient mix of popular flavors and a cheerful look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Corn Starch, Modified Food Starch (Corn), Confectioner's Glaze (Shellac), Natural and Artificial Flavors, Carnauba Wax, Coconut Oil, Paraffin Oil, Bees Wax, Red 40, Yellow 6, Blue 1, Yellow 5, Red 3.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many jelly beans are in the 14.5 oz bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The 14.5 oz bag contains approximately 140 jelly beans, though the exact count may vary by production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans good for cupcake decorating?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — their bright colors and small egg shape make them ideal for topping cupcakes, cookies, and other desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Tundras","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002238062675,"sku":"B0F2GK4MD3","price":65.75,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/tundras-front-packaging-classic-jelly-beans.jpg?v=1787184177"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-harry-potter-bertie-bott-s-every-flavor-beans-6-pack-6-x-1-2oz-collectible-boxes-novelty-gourmet-jelly-beans","title":"Jelly Belly Harry Potter Bertie Bott’s Every Flavor Beans 6-Pack — 6 x 1.2oz Collectible Boxes, Novelty Gourmet Jelly Beans","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese are six 1.2 oz boxes of Jelly Belly’s Harry Potter Bertie Bott’s Every Flavor Beans—novelty jelly beans with traditional flavors plus surprise every-flavor varieties, about 30 beans per box.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring a playful twist to candy bowls, party favors, movie nights, or themed gifts with this six-pack of Bertie Bott’s Every Flavour Beans from Jelly Belly. Packaged in collectible Harry Potter-themed boxes, each 1.2 oz carton contains approximately 30 gourmet jelly beans made in the United States. The mix includes both familiar fruit and dessert notes alongside intentionally unexpected flavors for a fun tasting experience—perfect for fans and novelty-snack lovers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this six-pack different from regular jelly bean boxes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Harry Potter Bertie Bott’s edition pairs Jelly Belly’s gourmet bean base with a licensed theme and a mix of classic and surprising flavor profiles. Instead of a single flavor per box, each small carton contains a variety designed for novelty tasting and gifting. The collectible packaging and licensed branding make these boxes especially suited for fans of the franchise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSix individually boxed 1.2 oz cartons—easy to distribute or gift\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 30 beans per box, ideal for sampling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLicensed Harry Potter packaging for collectors and parties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the United States with Jelly Belly’s gourmet bean recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use these beans for parties or gifts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese compact boxes are designed for convenient party favors, themed gift bundles, trick-or-treat handouts, or stocking stuffers. Because each box is individually sealed and small, they’re easy to tuck into goodie bags or hand out at movie marathons and book club meetings. Their novelty appeal also makes them great conversation starters at gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInclude as party favors in gift bags or advent calendars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as movie-night treats during Harry Potter marathons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for classroom or office giveaways—individually boxed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well in themed gift baskets or as stocking stuffers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and textures can I expect inside each box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly’s Bertie Bott’s Every Flavour Beans combine the brand’s signature soft, chewy texture with a broad range of taste profiles. Expect recognizable fruit, sweet, and dessert-inspired flavors alongside intentionally odd or surprising notes designed for novelty tasting. The variety encourages sampling and playful reactions rather than predictable snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix of classic fruit and dessert flavors plus surprise every-flavor types\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGourmet jelly bean texture—soft chew, glossy exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall portions (about 30 beans) to sample many flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBest enjoyed with an open-minded, playful tasting approach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is freshness handled and what should I know about packaging?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe six-pack ships as new, unopened cartons with a guaranteed fresh date printed on the packaging. Each 1.2 oz box is sealed to preserve flavor and texture, and the compact size limits exposure to air once opened. Store in a cool, dry place away from direct heat or sunlight to maintain quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCondition: brand-new, unopened, undamaged items\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExpiration date indicated on packaging to ensure freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact sealed boxes protect flavor until opened\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the United States, UPC: 071567992015 for authenticity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this product is for: This six-pack suits Harry Potter fans, novelty-candy collectors, and hosts seeking themed favors or small, shareable treats. It’s also a good fit for anyone who enjoys sampling a wide range of gourmet jelly bean flavors—especially when presentation and licensing matter. Choose this pack when you want compact, collectible packaging and a playful tasting experience rather than a single predictable candy flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Modified Food Starch, Contains 2% or less of each of the following: Blueberry Puree, Lemon Puree, Banana Puree, Cherry Juice Concentrate, Watermelon Juice Concentrate, Apple Juice Concentrate, Black Pepper, Citric Acid, Malic Acid, Maltodextrin, Natural and Artificial Flavors, Color Added, Red 40 Lake, Yellow 5 \u0026amp; 6, Blue 1 \u0026amp; 2 Lake, Yellow 5 \u0026amp; 6 Lake, Blue 1, Red 40, Beeswax, Carnauba Wax, Confectioner's Glaze, Tapioca Dextrin, Salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many beans are in each box?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 1.2 oz box contains approximately 30 jelly beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these genuine Jelly Belly beans made in the USA?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—these licensed Bertie Bott’s beans are made in the United States by Jelly Belly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002269323347,"sku":"B0095KATS4","price":65.84,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-harry-potter-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787185104"},{"product_id":"emporium-candy-tasty-treats-for-the-tummy-jumbo-cinnamon-jelly-beans-2-lb-bag-extra-large-chewy-red-spicy-sweet-flavor","title":"EMPORIUM CANDY TASTY TREATS FOR THE TUMMY Jumbo Cinnamon Jelly Beans 2 lb Bag — Extra-Large Chewy Red, Spicy-Sweet Flavor","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eThese are Emporium Candy's jumbo cinnamon jelly beans: oversized, chewy red candies with a bold warm-cinnamon flavor in a 2 lb bulk bag.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBright red and packed with spicy-sweet cinnamon, these extra-large jelly beans are designed for anyone who prefers a stronger, longer-lasting candy experience than standard jelly beans. The 2 lb bag supplies plenty for parties, seasonal displays, baking projects, or everyday snacking. Their chewy texture and concentrated cinnamon profile make them especially useful where a punchy flavor and eye-catching color are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do jumbo cinnamon jelly beans change the snacking experience?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe larger size increases chew time and concentrates the cinnamon taste, so each bean delivers more flavor than a regular jelly bean. That makes them satisfying for candy lovers who enjoy bold profiles and a chewy mouthfeel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOversized pieces for extended chew and flavor release\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMore noticeable cinnamon heat compared with standard beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBright red color enhances visual appeal in mixes or bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use these cinnamon jelly beans for baking and decorating?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—these jelly beans work well as a colorful garnish or edible accent on cakes, cookies, gingerbread houses, and dessert bars. Their strong flavor stands out when used as a topping or filling element.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSturdy enough to hold shape on cupcakes and cookies\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for candy buffets, gingerbread decorations, and festive crafts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk 2 lb bag gives plenty for multiple projects or event setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store the 2 lb bag to keep jelly beans fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the sealed bag in a cool, dry area away from direct sunlight to preserve chewiness and flavor. If the bag has been opened, transfer the candy to an airtight container to maintain texture and prevent sticking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a cool pantry or cupboard, out of heat sources\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse airtight containers after opening to retain chewiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeparate from strong-smelling foods to avoid flavor transfer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat occasions benefit most from jumbo cinnamon jelly beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheir vivid red hue and spicy-sweet profile suit holiday displays, themed parties, and seasonal treats. Because they come in bulk, they're especially convenient for event planners, bakers, and anyone stocking a candy station.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHoliday candy bowls and Christmas-themed displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty favors, classroom treats, and event candy stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDecorative toppings for themed desserts and confectionery projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? If you prefer candy with a bold cinnamon kick, enjoy longer chew times, or need a visually striking red candy for decorating and events, this 2 lb bag of Emporium Candy jumbo cinnamon jelly beans is made for you. It's a practical choice for bakers, hosts, candy buffet coordinators, and anyone stocking up on flavorful sweets for sharing or creating memorable desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Modified Corn Starch, Confectionary Glaze (Shellac), Carnauba Wax,M Artificial Flavor, Beeswax, Artificial Color (Includes Fd\u0026amp;C Red 40).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans spicy or just sweet?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: They balance sweet and warm cinnamon spice—noticeably spicy compared with regular jelly beans, but not overwhelmingly hot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in the 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Serving count varies by serving size; typically a 2 lb bag provides many dozens of individual jelly beans for sharing or decorating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"EMPORIUM CANDY TASTY TREATS FOR THE TUMMY","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002274500691,"sku":"B08KBYTT4Y","price":68.13,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/emporium-candy-jumbo-cinnamon-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787185291"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-20-flavor-clear-gift-box-16-oz-20-signature-jelly-beans-vegetarian-flavor-map","title":"Jelly Belly 20-Flavor Clear Gift Box 16 oz — 20 Signature Jelly Beans, Vegetarian \u0026 Flavor Map","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly 20-Flavor Clear Gift Box is a ready-to-enjoy sampler featuring 20 official, true-to-life Jelly Belly jelly bean flavors in a sleek 16 oz clear box.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis compact gift box brings a miniature candy shop to your fingertips: twenty distinct flavors each seated in its own pocket and matched to a flavor map so you can identify and compare tastes easily. The beans are made with quality ingredients, are vegetarian-friendly, and are packaged to stay fresh for up to 24 months. The box’s slim profile (approx. 7.6\" x 7.3\" x 1\") makes it convenient for gifting, sampling, or sharing at parties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich flavors are included in this 20-flavor set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe set collects twenty signature Jelly Belly flavors spanning fruity, sweet, and novelty tastes. Each pocket holds a distinct flavor so you can taste them side-by-side and refer to the included flavor map to match names to beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBerry Blue, Blueberry, Bubble Gum, Buttered Popcorn\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCoconut, Cotton Candy, Green Apple, Island Punch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eJuicy Pear, Licorice, Mixed Berry Smoothie, Orange Crush\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeach, Red Apple, Sour Apple, Sizzling Cinnamon\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStrawberry Cheesecake, Tutti-Fruitti, Very Cherry, Watermelon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fresh are the jelly beans and how long do they last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly packages these jelly beans for shelf stability and flavor retention; the product carries a 24-month shelf life when stored properly. Beans are sold by weight (16 oz) rather than by volume, and packaging is designed to protect freshness during shipping and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e16-ounce (by weight) clear gift box, fresh-from-factory packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24-month shelf life under typical pantry conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged to protect flavor and presentation for gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly beans in this set are made without peanuts, dairy, or gluten and are fat free, making them suitable for many diets. They are also vegetarian-friendly and contain approximately four calories per bean, useful information for people tracking small-portion treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free, dairy-free, and gluten-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFat free and vegetarian-friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 4 calories per bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this clear gift box a good gift or party favor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear, pocketed layout highlights each flavor and makes the box visually appealing for gift-giving or event displays. The included flavor map and neat presentation mean recipients can sample flavors in a guided way, ideal for taste-testing games or themed favors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElegant, transparent presentation that showcases colors and varieties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual flavor pockets plus a flavor map for easy tasting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact, gift-ready sizing suited for party favors or stocking stuffers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The Jelly Belly 20-Flavor Clear Gift Box is for snackers, gift-givers, party hosts, and anyone who enjoys sampling a wide range of candy flavors in small portions. It’s especially handy for people seeking a recognizable brand variety pack that’s free from peanuts, gluten, and dairy, and for those who want an attractive, ready-to-gift confection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e20 flavors of Jelly Beans in a plastic gift set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many flavors are in the Jelly Belly clear gift box?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The box contains 20 official Jelly Belly flavors, each in its own pocket with a flavor map.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this product gluten or peanut free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — Jelly Belly beans in this box are peanut-free, gluten-free, dairy-free, fat-free, and vegetarian-friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002324471891,"sku":"B07VZT1DZG","price":64.79,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-clear-gift-box-front.jpg?v=1787186152"},{"product_id":"emporium-candy-tasty-treats-for-the-tummy-spiced-jelly-beans-2-lb-jumbo-extra-large-chewy-assortment-6-spice-flavors","title":"EMPORIUM CANDY TASTY TREATS FOR THE TUMMY Spiced Jelly Beans 2 lb Jumbo Extra-Large Chewy Assortment — 6 Spice Flavors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEmporium Candy Tasty Treats for the Tummy Spiced Jelly Beans are a 2 lb bag of extra-large, chewy jelly beans featuring six bold spice-inspired flavors for longer-lasting sweet-and-spicy snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese jumbo jelly beans revive a nostalgic candy-shop experience with a twist: each bean is oversized for extended chew time and infused with one of six distinctive spice-forward flavors. Bright rainbow colors and a chewy center make them eye-catching for displays, perfect for bulk snacking, party bowls, or themed gift baskets. The combination of classic spice notes and larger-than-usual beans creates a candy that reads familiar yet stands out on the shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how do they taste?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are six spice-forward flavors in this assortment, each leaning sweet with a clear spice profile. Flavors are designed to be recognizable and balanced so each piece tastes true to its name without overpowering the candy base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAnise (black licorice) — sweet licorice warmth with mild herbal notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCinnamon — warm, slightly spicy sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClove — aromatic and slightly pungent with a mellow sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeppermint — cool, sweet cooling finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpearmint — bright, milder minty sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSassafras — earthy, root-like flavor with a sweet backbone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow big are the beans and what’s the texture like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach jelly bean is produced in a jumbo size, larger than standard jelly beans, to extend chew time and let flavors develop gradually. The exterior is glossy and firm while the interior is chewy, providing a satisfying bite that lasts longer than typical small jelly beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eJumbo sizing for extended enjoyment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFirm shell with a soft, chewy center\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent shape for display and portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVibrant colors that resist fading in storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these jelly beans — occasions and serving ideas?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese spiced jelly beans are versatile and work well for seasonal displays, candy buffets, gift baskets, or everyday snacking. Their bold look and big bite make them ideal for events where presentation matters, like Easter baskets, retro candy dishes, or themed parties focused on nostalgic sweets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk bowl at parties and weddings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEaster baskets and seasonal gift boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRetro candy jars for shops or home decor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSnack bowls for movie nights and snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for sharing and storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2 lb package gives plenty to share, display, or portion into smaller containers. Store in a cool, dry place to preserve texture and color; reseal or use an airtight container after opening to keep them chewy and fresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 lb bag holds multiple servings for groups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in airtight container away from heat and humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBest if consumed within recommended freshness timeframe on packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for dividing into small bags for favors or samples\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: These Spiced Jelly Beans suit candy lovers who crave bold, spice-driven flavors in a nostalgic format, event planners and retailers who need an eye-catching, chew-forward confection, and anyone assembling vintage-style candy gifts or themed snack displays. If you want a larger-than-average jelly bean with distinctive spice notes and bright presentation, this 2 lb assortment from Emporium Candy Tasty Treats for the Tummy offers variety, volume, and visual appeal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Modified Corn Starch, Confectionary Glaze (Shellac), Polishing Wax (Carnauba Wax, Beeswax), Natural And Artificial Flavors, Artificial Colors Includes Fd\u0026amp;C Yellow 6, Red 40, Yellow 5, Blue 1, Red 3\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Check the product label for gluten information; ingredient sources and manufacturing practices determine gluten presence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long do they stay fresh after opening?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Store airtight in a cool, dry place; freshness typically lasts several weeks, per the package guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"EMPORIUM CANDY TASTY TREATS FOR THE TUMMY","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002339610707,"sku":"B0DCK9W11X","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/emporium-spiced-jelly-beans-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787186652"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-sport-beans-fruit-punch-1-oz-packs-24-fast-acting-carbohydrate-fuel-with-b-vitamins","title":"Jelly Belly Sport Beans Fruit Punch 1‑oz Packs (24) — Fast-Acting Carbohydrate Fuel with B‑Vitamins","description":"\u003cb\u003eJelly Belly Sport Beans Fruit Punch are single-serve 1-ounce packs of carbohydrate-rich jelly beans designed to help maintain energy during sustained physical activity.\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Fruit Punch Sport Beans from Jelly Belly deliver a compact, sugar-based energy source in a convenient 1-ounce pouch. Each bag supplies 25 grams of carbohydrates and comes fortified with B1, B2, B3, and vitamin C to support hydration balance during exercise. Packaged as a case of 24, they’re small enough to fit in pockets, belts, or race kits and are certified Kosher and made in the U.S.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these Sport Beans support energy needs during exercise?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSport Beans provide fast-acting carbohydrates that your body can use quickly during prolonged or intense activity. The Fruit Punch flavor offers a palatable option for athletes who prefer chewable fuel over gels or drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach 1-ounce pack contains 25 grams of carbohydrates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChewy jelly bean format is easy to consume while moving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFruit Punch flavor reduces taste fatigue compared with flavorless options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutrients are in these Jelly Belly Sport Beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond carbohydrates, the formula includes select B vitamins and vitamin C to support normal metabolic processes and fluid balance when active. The product is not a replacement for meals—it's formulated to provide targeted carbohydrates and micronutrients during exercise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes B1 (thiamin), B2 (riboflavin), B3 (niacin) and vitamin C.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned to complement hydration strategies rather than replace water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlain ingredients list with recognizable candy-style formulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use the 1-ounce bags during training or events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen a single 1-ounce pouch and consume the beans as needed, spacing intake to avoid a sudden sugar spike. Many athletes break a pack into several pieces to extend the carbohydrate delivery across miles or minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCarry a pouch per 20–60 minutes of activity depending on intensity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for running, cycling, hiking, and team sports as quick fuel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFits into pockets, waist packs, or jersey pouches for easy access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these Sport Beans appropriate for dietary or religious needs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Fruit Punch Sport Beans are certified Kosher and manufactured in the U.S., which may suit many dietary preferences. They are candy-based energy food and should be checked for any ingredient sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified Kosher—see packaging for specific certification details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in the United States under Jelly Belly quality standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot intended as a medical product; check ingredients if you have allergies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Jelly Belly Sport Beans Fruit Punch 1-ounce bags (pack of 24) are aimed at active people who want an easy-to-carry, chewable carbohydrate source for workouts, races, and outdoor adventures. They suit athletes who prefer quick, flavored energy in single-use portions and anyone looking for small, Kosher-certified fuel packs to stash in training kits or event day pockets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFruit Punch\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many carbs are in one 1-ounce Sport Beans pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 1-ounce pouch contains 25 grams of carbohydrates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these Sport Beans Kosher?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the Fruit Punch Sport Beans are certified Kosher; check the package for certification details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002376147027,"sku":"B000IKF82M","price":112.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-sport-beans-fruit-punch-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787187826"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-sugar-free-jelly-beans-assorted-flavors-12-x-2-8-oz-resealable-bags-10-flavors-low-calorie","title":"Jelly Belly Sugar Free Jelly Beans Assorted Flavors — 12 x 2.8 oz resealable bags, 10 flavors, low-calorie","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Sugar Free Jelly Beans are bite-size, artificially sweetened confections offered in a 2.1 lb case made up of twelve individually sealed 2.8‑ounce bags — the same Jelly Belly flavors you love without the sugar.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese sugar-free jelly beans keep the classic Jelly Belly flavor profiles while removing sugar from the recipe. Each case contains twelve resealable 2.8‑ounce bags (33.6 ounces total) of ten popular assorted flavors, certified OU Kosher and produced in the United States. The sugar-free formulation contains significantly fewer calories than regular Jelly Belly beans and is designed to suit people seeking a lower‑sugar treat option. Note: consuming sugar‑free candies may cause stomach discomfort or a laxative effect in some individuals; begin with a small portion to assess tolerance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how are they packaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assortment features ten favorite Jelly Belly flavors in sugar‑free form and arrives as a case of individually sealed snack-size bags for freshness and convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTen assorted flavors included per case (popular Jelly Belly choices in sugar‑free recipes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCase total weight: 2.1 lb (33.6 ounces) split into 12 sealed 2.8‑ounce bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually sealed bags help keep beans fresh and portable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the sugar‑free recipe differ from regular Jelly Belly beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sugar‑free version substitutes sweeteners in place of sugar to reduce calories while preserving Jelly Belly’s flavor profiles. The beans contain no fat and exclude gelatin and common dairy ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned to provide the Jelly Belly taste with reduced sugar and fewer calories (about 28% fewer calories than regular beans)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero grams of fat per serving and no gelatin, milk, or eggs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten‑free and suitable for vegetarians\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these beans certified and where are they made?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the sugar‑free Jelly Belly jelly beans carry recognized certifications and are domestically manufactured to maintain consistent quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCertified OU Kosher by the Orthodox Union\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduced in the United States to Jelly Belly quality standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged in individual bags for easy sharing and storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there any consumption cautions I should know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs with many sugar‑free confections, these beans can cause digestive upset or a laxative effect for some people if eaten in large amounts. Individual tolerance varies, so start with a small portion to evaluate how your body reacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsumption may cause stomach discomfort and\/or a laxative effect\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecommended starting amount: eight beans or fewer to test tolerance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep out of reach of young children and store sealed bags in a cool, dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Jelly Belly Sugar Free Jelly Beans are aimed at candy lovers who want classic Jelly Belly flavor without sugar — good for people seeking lower‑sugar snack options, those following vegetarian or gluten‑free diets, and anyone wanting individually portioned bags for travel, office snacks, or events. They deliver the recognizable Jelly Belly experience with reduced sugar and convenient packaging, while offering kosher certification for those who observe dietary laws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many bags come in one case?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One case includes twelve individually sealed 2.8‑ounce bags (33.6 ounces total).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans kosher and gluten‑free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — they are OU Kosher certified and labeled gluten‑free and vegetarian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002376278099,"sku":"B000ILEJQM","price":103.74,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-front-of-bag.jpg?v=1787187825"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-gourmet-jelly-beans-dispenser-box-80-single-serve-packets-1-kg-assorted-flavors-countertop-ready","title":"Jelly Belly Gourmet Jelly Beans dispenser box 80 single-serve packets, 1 kg — assorted flavors, countertop ready","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Gourmet Jelly Beans JLL72512 are individually wrapped, assorted-flavor jelly beans supplied in an easy-access dispenser box—80 single-serve packets totaling 1 kg.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Jelly Belly gourmet jelly beans deliver a variety of classic and inventive flavors in ready-to-hand single-serve portions. Packaged in a compact dispenser box, they keep portions tidy and are designed for shared spaces like reception areas, office kitchens, or event tables. Each packet contains a mix of flavors so every serving offers a small, low-fat sweet treat without the mess of bulk bins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors will I find inside each single-serve packet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach packet contains an assorted selection of Jelly Belly signature flavors, mixing familiar fruit profiles with specialty tastes. The exact flavor mix can vary by shipment but aims to balance fruity, sweet, and novelty options to appeal to diverse preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssorted classic fruit flavors (cherry, lemon, orange, etc.).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpecialty and seasonal varieties included occasionally.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRandomized mix so each packet differs slightly for variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the dispenser box make these suitable for workplaces and events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box is designed for organized, sanitary dispensing: single-serve packets reduce handling and make distribution simple. It fits on counters or tabletops and keeps packets neat so guests can grab a pre-portioned treat without touching loose candy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCountertop-ready dispensing design for quick access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduced cross-contamination thanks to single-serve wrapping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact footprint that stores neatly on reception desks or breakroom counters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre Jelly Belly jelly beans an appropriate snack choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Beans present a small, low-fat confection option for those seeking a bite-sized sweet. They are portion-controlled, which makes it easier to manage indulgence compared with open containers—useful when tracking servings at meetings or events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow in fat compared to many snacks with similar sweetness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve packets help control portions and reduce waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to share or hand out at conferences, counters, and gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many packets and what net weight are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product contains 80 single-serve packets with a combined net weight of approximately 1 kilogram. This quantity is intended to cover multiple days of light office use or short events where small, individually wrapped favors are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e80 single-serve packets in each dispenser box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTotal net weight: about 1 kg (weight distribution per packet varies).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for small to medium foot-traffic locations or gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: These Jelly Belly Gourmet Jelly Beans are tailored for office managers, hospitality hosts, event planners, and anyone who needs a tidy, crowd-pleasing sweet to offer guests or employees. They suit reception areas, trade-show booths, waiting rooms, and breakrooms where single-serve, low-mess options are preferred. If you want iconic Jelly Belly flavors delivered in a practical dispenser that simplifies distribution and portion control, this 80-packet box is a ready solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many packets are in a box and what is the total weight?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The box contains 80 single-serve packets with a combined net weight of approximately 1 kilogram.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the jelly beans flavored in each packet the same?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each packet includes an assorted mix of Jelly Belly flavors; exact mixes vary so packets are not identical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002400362579,"sku":"B0033ULPPI","price":95.1,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-dispenser-box-front.jpg?v=1787188304"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-sport-beans-watermelon-24-pack-1-oz-resealable-energy-pouches-50-mg-caffeine","title":"Jelly Belly Sport Beans Watermelon — 24‑Pack 1‑oz Resealable Energy Pouches, 50 mg Caffeine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Extreme Sport Beans Watermelon are resealable 1‑oz energy jelly bean bags delivering 50 mg of caffeine plus carbs, vitamins B and C, and electrolytes to fuel endurance activities.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for runners, cyclists, hikers, and anyone needing a precise, portable energy boost, these watermelon‑flavored Sport Beans combine familiar jelly bean taste with a sports‑nutrition formula. Each 1‑ounce resealable bag contains a measured serving so you can control caffeine and carbohydrate intake, and this listing is a case of 24 individual bags shipped direct from the Jelly Belly factory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these beans help during long workouts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSport Beans provide quick carbohydrates for energy along with electrolytes and vitamins to support prolonged activity. Because the beans are chewable, they’re easy to consume on the move without needing water or mixing powders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e50 mg caffeine per serving for a coffee‑comparable boost\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFast‑absorbing carbohydrates to sustain effort\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdded electrolytes to aid hydration balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVitamins B and C included for carbohydrate metabolism support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen and how should I use the resealable 1‑oz bags?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen a bag during warm‑ups, mid‑ride, or when fatigue appears; the resealable pouch keeps remaining beans fresh for later use. The single‑serving size is convenient for race pockets, running belts, or gym bags and eliminates the need to portion from larger containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCarry an individual bag for shorter sessions or stash several for long events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEat beans gradually to meter carbs and caffeine accurately\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable pouch protects beans from moisture and spills\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there any safety or usage considerations I should know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach serving contains 50 mg of caffeine, so monitor total daily intake if you consume other caffeinated products. These Extreme Sport Beans are not recommended for children, teens, or pregnant or nursing women; follow any event or coach guidance for fueling strategies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not exceed recommended servings if sensitive to caffeine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsult product labeling for ingredient details and allergen information\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place to maintain texture and flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the watermelon flavor and a 24‑bag case?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatermelon offers a refreshing, familiar flavor that’s easy to chew during activity without being cloying. Buying a 24‑count case ensures you have single‑serving pouches for training cycles, team events, or multi‑day outings, delivered from Jelly Belly’s factory packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWatermelon is palatable for repeated consumption on long efforts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCase quantity useful for teams, clubs, or frequent athletes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFactory direct packaging supports consistent product quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Jelly Belly Extreme Sport Beans Watermelon 24 pack is intended for active adults and endurance athletes seeking a chewable, precisely measured source of quick carbohydrates, electrolytes, vitamins, and a coffee‑equivalent caffeine boost. It’s ideal for solo training, group events, or coaches planning nutrition for members. Not suitable for children, teens, or pregnant\/nursing individuals; follow packaging guidance for safe consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot available\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much caffeine is in one bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 1‑oz resealable bag contains 50 mg of caffeine, about the amount in a cup of coffee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these suitable for children or pregnant women?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Extreme Sport Beans are not recommended for children, teens, or pregnant or nursing women.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002414321747,"sku":"B0048HUNGC","price":93.91,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-watermelon-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787188578"},{"product_id":"jolly-rancher-jelly-beans-14-oz-bag-6-pack-assorted-fruit-flavors-chewy-candy-for-parties","title":"Jolly Rancher Jelly Beans 14 oz Bag – 6-Pack Assorted Fruit Flavors, Chewy Candy for Parties","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJolly Rancher Jelly Beans are soft, fruit-flavored jelly beans in six classic Jolly Rancher flavors, sold as a 14-ounce bag in a convenient 6-pack.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese jelly beans pack Jolly Rancher’s signature fruit taste into chewy, colorful pieces ideal for snacking, sharing, or using in seasonal treats. Each bag contains an assortment of strawberry, orange, blue raspberry, watermelon, grape, and apple flavors. The candies are made from sugar and corn syrup with natural and artificial flavors and come in bright colors thanks to food coloring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how do they differ?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 14-ounce bag includes six familiar Jolly Rancher fruit flavors. The mix balances sweet and tart profiles, offering distinct taste notes across textures that stay soft rather than crunchy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStrawberry — sweet and familiar berry notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrange — bright citrus with a zesty lift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlue Raspberry — tangy, sweet with a vivid berry tang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWatermelon — juicy, sweeter profile with mild tartness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGrape — classic purple grape sweetness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApple — crisp, green-apple tart-sweet blend.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many pieces and what are the nutrition details per serving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA serving size is about 30 jelly beans, with roughly ten servings per 14-ounce bag. These are candy treats and contain primarily carbohydrates from sugars, so they’re best enjoyed in moderation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServing size: ~30 pieces; servings per bag: about 10.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCalories per serving: 140; sugars: about 26 g.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCarbohydrates per serving: 36 g; sodium: 65 mg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIngredients highlight: sugar, corn syrup, cornstarch, natural \u0026amp; artificial flavors, artificial colors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can these jelly beans be used beyond snacking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJolly Rancher Jelly Beans are versatile for decorating, party bowls, seasonal goodies, and simple recipes that call for chewy, flavored candies. Their vivid colors and familiar flavors make them a go-to for celebrations and everyday treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as colorful candy bowl fillers for parties and events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to candy buffets, Easter baskets, and holiday displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGarnish baked goods or ice cream sundaes for fruity flavor pops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShare in individually portioned bags for favors or classroom treats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Jolly Rancher Jelly Beans suit anyone looking for a bold, fruity candy option—families stocking up for parties, bakers wanting colorful garnishes, or candy lovers who favor chewy, fruit-forward sweets. These 14-ounce bags sold in a 6-pack deliver quantity and variety for regular entertaining, seasonal needs, or pantry stash. Keep them stored in a cool, dry place to preserve texture and color for everyday enjoyment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Jolly Rancher Jelly Beans gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Ingredients list does not specify gluten-containing grains, but check packaging or manufacturer for certified gluten-free status if you have celiac disease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can these jelly beans be used for baking decorations?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — they work well as colorful toppers on cakes, cupcakes, and cookies, but they may soften with heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jolly Rancher","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002453545043,"sku":"B007VX3AWY","price":107.78,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jolly-rancher-front-packaging_2dc5effa-1f83-4390-b770-355b16de1561.jpg?v=1787189003"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-sport-beans-caffeinated-jelly-beans-24-pack-1-oz-pouches-portable-electrolyte-energy","title":"Jelly Belly Sport Beans Caffeinated Jelly Beans, 24-Pack 1-oz Pouches — Portable Electrolyte Energy","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Extreme Sport Beans are single-serving, caffeinated jelly bean packs designed to provide quick energy, carbs, electrolytes and B vitamins for workouts and endurance activities.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese compact, resealable 1-ounce pouches deliver a portable energy boost when you need it most. Each pack contains 50 mg of caffeine (roughly half a cup of coffee), 25 g of carbohydrates, balanced sodium and potassium, plus B vitamins and vitamin C — all in bite-sized, naturally flavored jelly beans made in the USA. The formula is gluten-free, peanut-free, OU kosher certified and made with non-GMO ingredients, making it an easy option to carry in a training kit, race vest or gym bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will one pack of Sport Beans give me energy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost people experience a perceptible lift within about 20–45 minutes after consuming one pack with water, thanks to the 50 mg of caffeine and the concentrated carbohydrate dose. The combination of fast-digesting sugars and electrolytes helps restore fuel and maintain hydration during activity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e50 mg caffeine per 1-oz pack for a fast boost\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e25 g carbohydrates to support muscle energy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElectrolytes (sodium and potassium) to help fluid balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsume with water for optimal absorption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen and how should I use these during exercise?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many athletes, one pack about 30 minutes before starting exercise provides a steady source of fuel and alertness. During prolonged activity you can take additional beans as needed to maintain blood sugar and energy levels, pacing intake to match your comfort and performance goals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake one pack 30 minutes pre-activity for baseline fuel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse extra beans periodically during long sessions to sustain energy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePair with water to replace fluids and help digestion\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust timing based on caffeine sensitivity and workout intensity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutrition and ingredient details matter for training?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach single-serving pouch contains 100 calories, a mix of simple carbs, key electrolytes, and vitamins that support carbohydrate metabolism and oxidative protection. Ingredients include natural flavors and colors, and the product avoids common allergens like peanuts and gluten.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100 calories per pack — compact energy for workouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eB vitamins (thiamin, riboflavin, niacin) to support carbohydrate use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVitamin C for antioxidant support of muscles and cells\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural flavors\/colors, OU kosher, non-GMO, made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for athletes with dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSport Beans are formulated to be broadly compatible with common dietary needs: they are gluten-free and peanut-free, and carry OU kosher certification. However, because they contain caffeine and sugar, review ingredient details and consult a coach or healthcare provider if you have specific medical or dietary concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and peanut-free for common allergen avoidance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU kosher certified and non-GMO ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains 50 mg caffeine — consider sensitivity and timing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot a medical product; check with a professional for special conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Jelly Belly Extreme Sport Beans are aimed at active people who want a portable, flavorful source of carbohydrates, electrolytes and a moderate caffeine boost for workouts, races, or training sessions. They suit runners, cyclists, gym-goers and team athletes who prefer chewable fuel over gels or drinks, and anyone looking for single-serve, resealable packs to stash in pockets, hydration vests or gym bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCANE SUGAR, TAPIOCA SYRUP, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: CITRIC ACID, POMEGRANATE JUICE FROM CONCENTRATE, CHERRY JUICE FROM CONCENTRATE, WATERMELON JUICE FROM CONCENTRATE, CITRUS PECTIN, NATURAL FLAVOR, THIAMINE HYDROCHLORIDE (VITAMIN B1), RIBOFLAVIN (VITAMIN B2), NIACINAMIDE (VITAMIN B3), ASCORBIC ACID (VITAMIN C), POTASSIUM CITRATE, SODIUM CITRATE, SODIUM LACTATE, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE, GRAPE JUICE CONCENTRATE (COLOR), VEGETABLE ABD FRUIT JUICE (COLOR), BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, SALT, CAFFEINE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much caffeine is in one Sport Beans pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 1-ounce pack contains 50 mg of caffeine, about half a cup of coffee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I eat Sport Beans during long workouts?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — take one pack 30 minutes before activity and additional beans as needed to sustain energy, with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002470813779,"sku":"B009MNZR2W","price":95.69,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-extreme-sport-beans-front-pouch.jpg?v=1787189135"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-sport-beans-extreme-energy-jelly-beans-24-1-oz-bags-caffeine-electrolytes","title":"Jelly Belly Sport Beans Extreme Energy Jelly Beans, 24 1-oz Bags — Caffeine \u0026 Electrolytes","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Sport Beans Extreme are single-serve caffeinated jelly beans packed with B and C vitamins plus electrolytes for an on-the-go energy boost.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Extreme Sport Beans from Jelly Belly combine familiar fruity flavors with performance-minded ingredients in a convenient 24-count case of 1-ounce bags. Designed as a portable pick-me-up, the mix includes Cherry, Pomegranate and Watermelon flavors and is formulated with carbohydrates, electrolytes, B and C vitamins and added caffeine. The bite-sized bags fit easily into gym packs, bike pockets or work bags so you can reach for a quick lift whenever you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do Sport Beans Extreme help during workouts or busy days?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSport Beans Extreme are meant to be an easily stashed source of fast carbs and a mild stimulant to help maintain alertness and stamina during extended activity. They’re small, chewable and dissolve quickly, making them practical for brief refueling without slowing you down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProvides quick-digesting carbohydrates for fast energy availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes caffeine to support alertness and focus\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains electrolytes to assist with normal hydration support\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient 1-ounce single-serve bags for portable dosing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these safe for everyone to use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtreme Sport Beans contain added caffeine and are not recommended for children, teens, or pregnant or nursing women. If you have health concerns, sensitivity to stimulants, or dietary restrictions, check ingredient labels and consult with a healthcare professional before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot recommended for children, teens, pregnant or nursing individuals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight in a 24-count case; shelf life up to 24 months\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with natural ingredients when possible and high-quality manufacturing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and packaging can I expect in this 24-pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis assortment includes Cherry, Pomegranate and Watermelon flavors in individually sealed 1-ounce bags. The compact packaging keeps beans fresh and makes it simple to share, stash, or ration servings for training sessions or long days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThree fruit-forward flavors: Cherry, Pomegranate, Watermelon\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24 individually sealed one-ounce bags—ideal for single servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCase sold by weight; freshness ensured through factory packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and use Sport Beans Extreme?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the unopened bags in a cool, dry place to maintain texture and flavor. Use a single 1-ounce bag as an on-the-go boost, and avoid combining with other sources of caffeine without considering total intake for the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a cool, dry environment away from direct sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOpen one bag at a time for immediate consumption or sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMonitor overall daily caffeine intake and follow any personal dietary guidance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Jelly Belly Sport Beans Extreme are aimed at active adults and busy professionals who want a familiar candy-style snack with functional ingredients—those who need quick carbohydrates, a modest caffeine lift, and electrolytes in a pocket-sized, delicious format. They’re ideal for runners, cyclists, hikers, gym-goers, commuters, and anyone who prefers a flavored chewable boost over liquid or tablet supplements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many bags come in this case?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: This is a 24-count case of 1-ounce single-serve Jelly Belly Sport Beans Extreme bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Sport Beans Extreme suitable for children?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. These caffeinated Sport Beans are not recommended for children, teens, or pregnant or nursing women.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002479366227,"sku":"B00CQRIVX8","price":96.25,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-sport-beans-extreme-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787189265"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-extreme-sport-beans-energizing-jelly-beans-cherry-24-x-1oz-resealable-packs-50mg-caffeine-electrolytes","title":"Jelly Belly Extreme Sport Beans Energizing Jelly Beans Cherry - 24 x 1oz Resealable Packs, 50mg Caffeine \u0026 Electrolytes","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Extreme Sport Beans (Cherry) are caffeinated, electrolyte- and vitamin-fortified jelly beans designed to deliver quick, meterable energy during exercise.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese single-serve, resealable 1-ounce bags pack 50 mg of caffeine and a blend of carbohydrates, electrolytes and B\/C vitamins into a chewable confection aimed at athletes and active people who prefer to \"eat\" their energy. Cherry is the featured flavor in this 24-count case, making it convenient to stash in training kits, race belts or gym bags for on-demand fueling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much caffeine and fuel does one bag provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 1-ounce pouch contains 50 mg of caffeine alongside 100 calories of quick carbohydrates, offering a modest, controllable boost comparable to a small cup of coffee. The formulation is built for brief, repeatable fueling during longer sessions rather than as a sole source of nutrition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e50 mg caffeine per pouch (approximate half-cup brewed coffee equivalent)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100 calories and 25 g total carbohydrates per serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e19 g sugars for rapid uptake and immediate energy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat electrolytes and vitamins are included, and why do they matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtreme Sport Beans include electrolytes such as sodium and potassium plus B vitamins and vitamin C to support fluid balance and carbohydrate metabolism during activity. These nutrients help you replace what’s lost in sweat and support energy conversion without adding complex nutrition steps mid-session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e80 mg sodium and 40 mg potassium per pouch to assist hydration balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVitamin C (6 mg) and B vitamins (thiamin, riboflavin, niacin) to support metabolism\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for quick chewing and absorption while moving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use these during a run, ride, or match?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe small, chewable format makes precise dosing simple: eat one or more beans as needed to manage energy and alertness rather than guessing with liquids. Always follow with water to aid digestion and electrolyte uptake, and test your tolerance in training before using them in competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake with water; start with one pouch or several beans to assess effect\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable bags let you portion out servings across long workouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot recommended for children, teens, pregnant or nursing women\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these fit into a broader fueling plan?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThink of Jelly Belly Extreme Sport Beans as a targeted, controllable source of quick carbs and caffeine for short-term performance support or alertness during long sessions. They’re best combined with a hydration strategy and, for prolonged efforts, supplemented with longer-lasting carbohydrate sources and whole-food meals before and after exercise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse for mid-workout energy bursts, pre-exercise alertness, or short recovery sips\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eComplement with fluids and more substantial carbs\/protein post-workout\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable packaging supports multi-staging across training or multi-day events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Athletes and active people who want a chewable, easy-to-dose energy option that combines caffeine with carbs, electrolytes and vitamins. Ideal for runners, cyclists, hikers, team-sport players and anyone who prefers solid fuel over drinks, and who understands caffeine tolerance. Not intended for children, teens, pregnant or nursing women; always test in training before race day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCANE SUGAR , TAPIOCA SYRUP , CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: NATURAL FLAVOR , THIAMINE HYDROCHLORIDE (VITAMIN B1) , RIBOFLAVIN (VITAMIN B2) , NIACINAMIDE (VITAMIN B3) , ASCORBIC ACID (VITAMIN C) , CITRIC ACID , CITRUS PECTIN , POTASSIUM CITRATE , SODIUM CITRATE , SODIUM LACTATE , GRAPE JUICE CONCENTRATE (COLOR) , BLACK CARROT (COLOR) , BLACK CURRANT (COLOR) , BEESWAX , CARNAUBA WAX , CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE , SALT , CAFFEINE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much caffeine is in one pouch?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 1-ounce pouch contains about 50 mg of caffeine, roughly half a cup of brewed coffee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these safe for children or pregnant women?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Extreme Sport Beans are not recommended for children, teens, pregnant or nursing women.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002512592979,"sku":"B00KIWTH2C","price":96.25,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-extreme-sport-beans-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787189650"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-belly-flops-jelly-beans-2-lb-bags-2-pack-irregular-shapes-same-great-flavors","title":"Jelly Belly Belly Flops Jelly Beans — 2 lb bags (2-pack), irregular shapes \u0026 same great flavors","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Belly Flops are the factory-second jelly beans with the same flavors you love delivered in playful, irregular shapes and unexpected color–flavor combos.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\nThese two 2-pound bags of Belly Flops come straight from Jelly Belly’s production line: beans that missed a perfect stamp or formed curious shapes, but didn’t lose any of their trademark flavors. Each bag is randomly packed, so you get a lively mix of colors and sizes — sometimes single beans fused together, sometimes a round, square, or oddly trimmed piece — all with the same ingredient quality as standard Jelly Belly jellies. They’re OU Kosher, gluten-free, dairy-free, peanut-free, fat-free, vegetarian-friendly, and sold by weight with a 24-month shelf life.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are Belly Flops different from regular Jelly Belly jelly beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBelly Flops are production variations — beans that escaped the logo stamper or formed unusual shapes — while maintaining Jelly Belly’s flavor formulas. You won’t get perfect logos or uniform shapes, but the taste profile matches the brand’s authentic jelly bean lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIrregular shapes: round, square, fused clusters, or oddly trimmed pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOccasional color–flavor surprises where color doesn’t match flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSame flavor recipes and ingredient standards as regular Jelly Belly beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight (two 2 lb bags in this pack) for bulk sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and varieties can I expect inside a two‑bag pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bag is randomly packed, so you’ll find a broad assortment of Jelly Belly flavors. While the mix varies bag to bag, you can expect a representational sampling rather than one single flavor dominating the pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultiple classic Jelly Belly flavors across sweet, tart, and fruity notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRandom distribution — no guaranteed counts per flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRare mismatches where a bean’s color doesn’t reflect its taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssortments suitable for snacking, candy dishes, or party bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store these jelly beans and how long will they stay fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore Belly Flops in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve texture and flavor. When kept in original sealed packaging or an airtight container, the beans maintain quality for the stated shelf life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24-month shelf life when stored properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep sealed or in an airtight container to prevent drying or flavor loss\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid high heat and humidity to preserve texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight; check bag labels for production details or best-by dates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre Belly Flops suitable for special diets and events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Belly Flops are crafted to meet several dietary and event-friendly needs. They’re free from common allergens like peanuts and dairy and carry OU Kosher certification, making them a versatile treat for group settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free and dairy-free for safer party sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free, fat-free, and vegetarian-friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for candy buffets, gift jars, movie snacks, or bulk party favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwo 2 lb bags (4 lbs total) provide plenty for gatherings or long-term snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nWho is this for\n\nThese Belly Flops are perfect for Jelly Belly fans who don’t mind quirky shapes and enjoy a surprise with every handful — party hosts, candy-shop proprietors, office bowls, craft and baking projects that need colorful pieces, or anyone who wants the authentic Jelly Belly taste at bulk value. If you prioritize uniform appearance (perfect logos and matching shapes), regular Jelly Belly assortments may suit you better; if you love flavor, variety, and a playful presentation, these factory-fresh Belly Flops deliver character and value in generous portions.\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Belly Flops the same flavor as regular Jelly Belly beans?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. They use the same flavor recipes, though a bean’s color may occasionally not match its flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much candy do I get with this two-pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: You receive two 2 lb bags — four pounds total — sold by weight, not by volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002513444947,"sku":"B00KZ45N7G","price":110.03,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-front-bag.jpg?v=1787189666"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-jelly-beans-3-pack-belly-flops-3-16-oz-assorted-flavors-resealable-bags","title":"Jelly Belly jelly beans 3-Pack Belly Flops 3×16 oz — assorted flavors, resealable bags","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Belly Flops are three 16-ounce bags of assorted, colorful jelly beans designed for sharing, snacking, and gifting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Belly Flops deliver 48 ounces of Jelly Belly jelly beans in three resealable 16-ounce bags, offering a wide variety of classic flavors and a playful presentation. The modern, brightly colored packaging is suited for parties, candy buffets, office bowls, or everyday treats. Gluten-free and ready to enjoy, the set provides a convenient way to stock up on Jelly Belly’s distinct textures and bold tastes without committing to a single flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and textures can I expect from this 3-pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bag includes a mix of Jelly Belly’s signature jelly bean flavors, ranging from fruit-forward varieties to dessert-inspired notes. The beans have a glossy, chewy shell and a soft center, giving a satisfying bite every time. Because mixes vary slightly by batch, you’ll get an appealing assortment rather than a fixed flavor list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssorted fruit and novelty flavors in each bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChewy interior with a polished candy shell\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix composition varies for seasonal and batch diversity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the packaging designed for storage and sharing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 16-ounce bag is resealable to help keep beans fresh and make portioning simple. The three-bag set totals 48 ounces, so it’s easy to split between events or combine for a larger candy display. The compact, lightweight packages are also practical for gift baskets or mailing to friends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable zip-top bags for freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThree separate 16 oz packs for portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to divide for parties, gifts, or candy stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these Jelly Belly jelly beans suitable for dietary needs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly Belly Flops are labeled gluten-free, making them a safe candy option for people avoiding gluten. They do contain sugar and other standard candy ingredients, so check the ingredient panel for allergies or dietary restrictions. The product is intended as a treat rather than a dietary staple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free formulation noted on the packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRead full ingredient list for allergen information\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot intended as a health food; enjoy in moderation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this 3-pack for events and gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three 16-ounce bags are versatile for event planning and creative gifting: use one bag per favor, mix them into a single bowl for larger gatherings, or split flavors into small jars for personalized gifts. The colorful beans add visual pop to candy bars, wedding receptions, and holiday parties alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for candy buffets, goodie bags, and centerpieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat as a colorful addition to gift baskets and party favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to portion or combine depending on event size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Jelly Belly Belly Flops 3-Pack is made for anyone who loves variety and convenience: party planners, snack lovers, gift-makers, and families who want a recognizable, high-quality jelly bean for gatherings or everyday enjoyment. If you need bulk-ish quantities without buying a wholesale tub, or if you want an easy way to distribute Jelly Belly candies across multiple uses, this three-bag set gives flexibility, freshness, and the classic Jelly Belly taste in a compact, colorful package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many ounces are included in the set?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The pack contains three 16-ounce bags, totaling 48 ounces of jelly beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Jelly Belly Belly Flops gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, this product is labeled gluten-free; check packaging for full ingredient details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002520096851,"sku":"B00OJNY226","price":98.03,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-belly-flops-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787189783"},{"product_id":"haribo-tangfastics-sour-gummies-tub-1kg-sugar-coated-party-size-resealable","title":"Haribo Tangfastics Sour Gummies Tub 1kg - Sugar-Coated Party Size, Resealable","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHARIBO Tangfastics Tub is a 1,000 g party-size tub of assorted sugar-coated sour gummies, combining fizzy fruit, cola and sweet foam shapes for sharable snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis large British-import tub gathers HARIBO's Tangfastics staples—cola bottles, sour cherries, crocs and foam gums—into a resealable container designed for parties, movie nights and candy bowls. The mix features a tangy sugar coating balanced with chewy gelatine textures and contains no artificial colours. Ingredients include glucose syrup, sugar, gelatine, natural fruit and plant concentrates, citric and malic acids for tartness, plus flavourings and caramelised sugar syrup for depth of taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and textures are in the Tangfastics mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tangfastics assortment delivers a layered taste experience: a sharp sour sugar coating, chewy gelatin centers, and softer foam-style pieces. Varieties include fizzy fruit gummies, cola-flavoured bottles and sweet foam candies to vary mouthfeel and sweetness levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFizzy fruit gums with a tangy sour sugar exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCola-shaped gummies with caramel notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSour cherry shapes featuring intense tartness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft foam pieces that add a mellow, sweet contrast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much product do I get and how is it packaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for a single 1,000 g (1 kg) tub—ideal for sharing at gatherings or topping up a candy drawer. The tub is sized for multiple servings and convenient storage; reseal after opening to keep pieces fresher for longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNet weight: 1,000 g (large party size)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable plastic tub for easy storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear packaging allows a quick look at contents\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for candy bowls, party tables, or pantry stocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there any artificial colours or common allergens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHARIBO Tangfastics Tub is labeled as containing no artificial colours, relying on fruit and plant concentrates like apple, blackcurrant, carrot and spirulina for natural hues. The product contains gelatine and may not be suitable for vegetarians; always read the ingredient list for dietary considerations and allergen information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colours listed on the ingredient panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains gelatine—unsuitable for strict vegetarians\/vegans\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck full ingredient list for potential allergens or sensitivities\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with natural fruit and plant concentrates for colour and flavour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I serve and store the tub for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eServe straight from the tub into small bowls for parties, or use as a topping for desserts and ice cream. Store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and keep the lid sealed to maintain chewiness and prevent sugar bloom on the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe as a shareable candy bowl or individual portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for movie nights, celebrations, and candy counters\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore sealed in a cool, dry cupboard—avoid humid conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf desired, separate foam pieces to prevent sticking to sugar-coated gummies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: HARIBO Tangfastics Tub is designed for households and hosts who want a bold, tangy confection assortment in generous quantity—perfect for parties, family treats, office snack bowls and anyone who enjoys a sour-to-sweet gummy variety. It’s also suited to buyers seeking an imported UK candy assortment with recognizable HARIBO shapes and flavours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in the 1kg tub?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Serving counts depend on portion size; roughly 20–40 servings if you use 25–50 g per person.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this product contain artificial colours?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No — the ingredient list indicates no artificial colours, using fruit and plant concentrates instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Haribo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002601558099,"sku":"B07CQL6319","price":109.12,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/haribo-tangfastics-tub-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787191046"},{"product_id":"tundras-jollyrancher-jelly-beans-5-lb-bulk-bag-80-oz-assorted-fruit-flavors-resealable","title":"Tundras JollyRancher Jelly Beans 5 lb Bulk Bag — 80 oz Assorted Fruit Flavors, Resealable","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eTundras JollyRancherJelly Beans 5 lb is a bulk bag of soft, fruit-flavored jelly beans in an assorted mix made for snacking, gifting, and seasonal treats.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 80-ounce bag gathers a colorful assortment of fruity jelly beans—strawberry, orange, blue raspberry, watermelon, grape, green apple and more—into one resealable package. The candies are a softer, chewy take on the classic jelly bean profile and are packaged to stay fresh until you’re ready to serve them. The large bulk size is convenient for parties, candy buffets, Easter egg hunts, corporate events, or simply stocking a pantry for everyday enjoyment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how varied is the mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag contains a broad selection of fruit-forward flavors designed for variety and crowd appeal. You’ll find signature profiles such as strawberry, orange, blue raspberry, watermelon, grape, green apple, wild strawberry, mountain berry, strawberry-watermelon, and raspberry lemonade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultiple fruit flavors to satisfy different tastes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eColorful variety suitable for themed events or candy dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced mix—no single flavor dominates the bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fresh and easy to store are these jelly beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe jelly beans arrive sealed in a sturdy bag to preserve chewiness and flavor. Once opened, the resealable design helps maintain freshness for several weeks when stored in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFreshly sealed 80-ounce retail bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable closure reduces staling and moisture exposure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore at room temperature for best texture and taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this 5 lb bag for events and gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bulk format makes decorating, filling favors, and building candy stations quick and affordable. Use the mix to fill Easter eggs, create themed goodie bags, or portion into smaller containers for party favors or celebration displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for Easter egg hunts and holiday baskets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for party candy jars, wedding favors, or office bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEconomical for large gatherings and bulk gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this candy suitable for sharing and kids’ activities?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe soft, chewy texture and fruity taste make these jelly beans a kid-friendly choice for sweet treats and activities. As with any candy, supervise young children to avoid choking risks and check ingredients for potential allergens if serving to guests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft chew ideal for casual snacking and family events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBright colors and flavors appeal to children and adults alike\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandy bulk size simplifies portioning for games and crafts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Tundras JollyRancherJelly Beans 5 lb is aimed at hosts, event planners, parents, and anyone who wants a large supply of assorted jelly beans without buying many individual packs. It’s especially useful for seasonal celebrations, classroom parties, corporate promotions, and anyone stocking a candy bar or retail display. Buyers seeking variety, convenience, and value will find this resealable bulk bag a practical pick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in the 5 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: A 5 lb (80 oz) bag contains many servings; exact servings depend on portion size, roughly 40–80 two-tablespoon servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this product come resealed for freshness?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—the bag is sealed for freshness at purchase and features a resealable closure after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Tundras","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002633211987,"sku":"B07PRZ59WT","price":117.3,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/tundras-jollyrancherjelly-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787191561"},{"product_id":"brachs-jelly-bird-eggs-candy-2-pack-2-x-14-5-oz-assorted-fruit-flavors-soft-chewy-texture","title":"Brach's Jelly Bird Eggs candy 2-pack (2 x 14.5 oz) — assorted fruit flavors, soft chewy texture","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrach's Classic Jelly Bird Eggs are bite-sized, fruit-flavored jelly candies sold in two 14.5 oz bags—perfect for sharing, decorating, or snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese colorful, chewy jelly eggs from Brach's deliver a familiar, fruit-forward taste and a soft, jelly texture that has long been a seasonal favorite. Each 14.5 oz bag contains a mix of classic and bright multi-colored egg shapes, packaged two bags per order so you have extra for parties, holiday baskets, or pantry stocking. Made for convenience, the bags are easy to split up for treats or to use as decoration in gift jars and dessert displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and textures can I expect from these jelly eggs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe candies offer a sweet, fruit-inspired flavor profile with a soft, jelly-like chew typical of traditional jelly candies. Flavors range across the color assortment, giving a variety of tastes in each handful without overwhelming sweetness. The outer surface is smooth and slightly tacky, while the interior yields a tender, springy bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssorted fruit-inspired flavors tied to each color\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, chewy jelly texture that holds shape\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmooth exterior suitable for snacking and decorating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much candy do I receive and how is it packaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as a pack of two 14.5 oz bags, totaling 29 oz of jelly eggs. The bags are resealable or foldable for short-term storage once opened. The dual-bag format makes it easy to split servings, share with friends, or reserve one bag for later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwo individual 14.5 oz bags (29 oz total)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to portion for parties or gifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging designed for short-term freshness after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen and how can I use these jelly bird eggs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese jelly eggs are versatile for seasonal celebrations like Easter, as well as for year-round candy bowls, party favors, and baking decorations. Their small egg shape makes them a quick option for filling candy dishes, topping cupcakes, or creating colorful centerpieces. They also work well in themed gift jars and small favor bags for events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill Easter eggs, baskets, and candy dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop cupcakes, cakes, and dessert platters\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as favors or jarred gifts for parties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store these candies to keep them tasting fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eStore the bags in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat sources to maintain texture and flavor. Once opened, reseal the bag or transfer contents to an airtight container to prevent drying or sticking. Proper storage preserves chewiness and color for several weeks under normal conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a cool, dry cupboard or pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseal bag or use an airtight container after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid heat and humidity to prevent melting or sticking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Brach's Classic Jelly Bird Eggs are suited for anyone looking for a nostalgic, fruit-flavored jelly candy—families preparing holiday baskets, hosts wanting colorful party snacks, bakers seeking small decorative candies, or anyone who enjoys soft, chewy sweets in shareable quantities. The two-bag pack gives extra flexibility for gifting, entertaining, or everyday snacking without having to repurchase immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly bird eggs gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Check the product label for ingredient and allergen info; recipes can change, so verify current packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use these for baking decorations?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—these small jelly eggs work well as colorful cupcake or cake toppers; press gently into icing to secure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Brach's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002666602579,"sku":"B087WJXS1L","price":93.91,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/brachs-jelly-bird-eggs-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787192161"},{"product_id":"the-jelly-bean-planet-gourmet-jelly-beans-25-oz-jar-36-natural-fruit-flavors-plant-based-colors-gelatin-gluten-free","title":"The Jelly Bean Planet Gourmet Jelly Beans 25 oz Jar – 36 Natural Fruit Flavors, Plant‑Based Colors, Gelatin \u0026 Gluten Free","description":"\u003cb\u003eThe Jelly Bean Planet 25 oz jar is a bulk collection of 36 naturally flavored, kosher jelly beans made with plant-based colors and no gelatin or gluten.\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis generous 25-ounce jar gathers 36 distinct fruit-inspired flavors into one eye-catching container, offering a crowd-pleasing mix for parties, gifts, seasonal baskets, or everyday snacking. Each bean pairs a crisp outer shell with a chewy center and is produced in Ireland using natural flavoring and coloring where possible. The formula is designed to be allergen-friendly: gluten-free, gelatin-free, and kosher certified, making it a versatile choice for mixed groups and themed treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these jelly beans different from standard candy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese jelly beans emphasize natural fruit flavors and plant-based colors, rather than relying on artificial dyes or animal-derived gelatin. The selection spans familiar favorites and inventive drink- and dessert-inspired tastes for a broad sensory range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e36 unique flavors including Fruit, Dessert, and Beverage inspirations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlant-based colorings instead of synthetic dyes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGelatin-free and gluten-free, suitable for many dietary needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in Ireland with crisp shell and chewy center texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use a 25 oz jar — events, gifting, or everyday?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe jar size is ideal for table displays, party bowls, classroom rewards, or as a reusable gift jar. Its variety makes it easy to mix into themed baskets for holidays or to portion into smaller bags for party favors and corporate swag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for Easter baskets, Halloween bowls, and birthday party candy stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReusable glass-style jar works well as a decorative vessel after finishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to portion into small gift bags for weddings or classroom treats\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge enough to share at office celebrations or family gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans safe for people with common allergies or dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this product is crafted to be accessible to many consumers. It avoids common animal-derived ingredients and gluten, and carries kosher certification, but always check label details if you have severe allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFree from gelatin and gluten\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUses plant-based colors suitable for vegetarian or vegan preferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher certified for religious dietary compliance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured with flavor variety, though factory allergen statements should be reviewed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich flavors are included and how intense are they?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe jar includes a wide spread of 36 flavors ranging from Sour Lemon and Sticky Candy Floss to signature blends like Bubble Tea Peach and Cherry Blossom Soda. Flavors vary from bright and tangy to mellow and sweet, offering layered tastes rather than single-note candy flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes classic fruit notes and adventurous, drink-inspired options\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced intensity: some bold sour varieties and subtler dessert-style beans\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for tasting exploration — mix and match to find favorites\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor profile highlights both familiar and novel options for all ages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? The Jelly Bean Planet 25 oz jar is aimed at gift-givers, party planners, and families seeking a high-variety, allergen-friendly candy option. It's suitable for anyone who wants an enticing, shareable confection that accommodates vegetarian preferences and common dietary restrictions while delivering an adventurous assortment of natural-inspired flavors. If you need a showy jar for seasonal decorating, bulk snacking at events, or curated candy gifts, this product offers a convenient, flavorful solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, glucose syrup, corn starch, fruit juice concentrates (pineapple, orange, apple), natural flavorings, acids (citric acid, fumaric acid), concentrates from (carrot, spirulina, apple, radish, pumpkin, black currant), glazing agents (shellac, carnauba wax, beeswax), color (caramel color), acidity regulator (sodium citrate), salt, coconut oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans vegan?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The jelly beans use plant-based colors and no gelatin, but check packaging for full vegan certification if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in the 25 oz jar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: A 25 oz jar typically provides multiple servings; estimating 8–12 servings depends on portion size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"The Jelly Bean Planet","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002689638483,"sku":"B097MT8NYS","price":100.93,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/the-jelly-bean-planet-front-label-jar.jpg?v=1787193203"},{"product_id":"generic-japanese-coffee-jelly-6-cups-ready-to-eat-single-serve-lightly-sweetened","title":"Generic Japanese Coffee Jelly 6 Cups — Ready-to-Eat Single-Serve, Lightly Sweetened","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady-to-eat Japanese coffee jelly: six single-serve cups of smooth, lightly sweetened coffee gel perfect for snacking, dessert, or coffee-flavored refreshment.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese six cups of Japanese-style coffee jelly deliver a clean coffee flavor set into a jiggly, spoonable gel. Made for convenience, each portion is individually sealed so you can enjoy a single serving anytime—straight from the fridge or topped with milk, cream, or sweet syrup. The texture is firmer than pudding but softer than gelatin candies, offering a pleasing bite and mellow coffee finish that complements breakfasts, afternoon snacks, or dessert courses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this coffee jelly authentic Japanese style?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product follows the classic Japanese approach: clear coffee gel with a restrained sweetness and pronounced coffee aroma. It avoids heavy creaminess and instead focuses on clean coffee notes and a springy texture that’s true to café-style coffee jelly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually portioned cups for traditional presentation and freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced sweetness that highlights roasted coffee flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGel texture tailored for spooning, not chewing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMinimal additives to preserve genuine coffee character\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I enjoy these cups — plain or with toppings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese cups are versatile: eat them as-is or dress them up for a richer treat. Popular pairings range from a simple pour of chilled milk to sweeter additions like condensed milk, whipped cream, or vanilla syrup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour chilled milk or cream over the jelly for a creamy float\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop with condensed milk or honey for extra sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd fresh fruit or a scoop of ice cream for dessert-style presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe in a glass layered with coffee and milk for a café-inspired parfait\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve the coffee jelly for best taste?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the sealed cups refrigerated to maintain texture and freshness; consume by the best-before date on the package. Serve chilled straight from the fridge and use a spoon to loosen the jelly from the cup before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate at 1–7°C (34–45°F) until opened\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not freeze — freezing affects gel consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOpen just prior to serving to retain aroma and firmness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGarnish immediately after opening for best visual appeal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there any dietary notes I should know about?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coffee jelly is designed as a light, ready-to-eat dessert and may contain sugar and gelling agents; check the package if you have specific allergies or dietary restrictions. It’s dairy-free until you add milk-based toppings, making it adaptable for lactose-free or vegan needs depending on the garnish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduct as sold is typically low-fat and not cream-based\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains gelling agents and sweeteners—review the label for specifics\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd dairy or non-dairy toppings according to dietary preference\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot intended as a meal replacement—serve as a snack or dessert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Ideal for coffee lovers who want a convenient, portion-controlled dessert with authentic Japanese texture; busy households, cafés offering café-style treats, and anyone seeking a light, spoonable coffee-flavored snack. It’s also great for people who like to customize desserts—add milk, cream, or fruit to tailor sweetness and richness to taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long do the coffee jelly cups last in the fridge?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Refrigerate until the best-before date on the package; consume within a few days after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I add milk or cream to the coffee jelly?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — pour chilled milk, cream, or condensed milk over the jelly to taste for a creamier dessert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Generic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002782863443,"sku":"B0CMTMK5WD","price":86.89,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/generic-japanese-coffee-jelly-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787194638"},{"product_id":"tullipak-mini-jelly-bean-packs-75-pack-0-35oz-each-assorted-flavors-individually-sealed","title":"TULLIPAK Mini Jelly Bean Packs 75-Pack, 0.35oz Each — Assorted Flavors, Individually Sealed","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTULLIPAK 75 Pack Mini Jelly Bean individual bags are a grab-and-go assortment of 0.35oz trial-size jelly bean snacks, ideal for giveaways, party favors, and portion-controlled treats.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBright, portable, and ready to share, these individually sealed mini packs deliver a variety of classic and fruity jelly bean flavors in convenient single-serve portions. Each 0.35oz bag contains a small selection of assorted flavors, so you can offer guests, students, or coworkers an easy, mess-free sweet. The compact size fits easily into lunchboxes, purses, event bags, or candy bowls for quick distribution at gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much candy is in each pack and what flavors should I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach mini pouch holds 0.35 ounces of jelly beans — a small, snackable serving designed for tasting and sharing. The assortment mixes fruity and classic jelly bean varieties so recipients experience a range of textures and tastes without committing to a full-size bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCount: 75 individual trial-size bags, 0.35oz per bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssortment: combination of fruity and traditional jelly bean flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortion: single-serve, controlled portion to prevent overindulging\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging: individually sealed pouches for freshness and easy distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these mini jelly bean bags suitable for events and giveaways?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the compact pouches are intentionally sized for handing out at events, schools, or promotional activities. Their sealed packaging makes them easy to place in goodie bags, display on a candy table, or hand directly to guests with minimal fuss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal uses: birthday parties, office meetings, classroom treats, Halloween, Valentine’s Day\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenience: pre-portioned for fast distribution without measuring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHygiene: single-use sealed bags reduce contact and keep candies sanitary\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage: stackable and easy to store until needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dietary and ingredient notes should I consider?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese mini jelly bean packs are made with non-GMO ingredients and labeled fat-free and gluten-free, making them compatible with a range of dietary preferences. They are Kosher-certified and do not contain added fats, though anyone with specific allergies should check ingredient labels before serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-GMO ingredients for ingredient-conscious buyers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFat-free and gluten-free formatting for common dietary needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher certified for broader acceptability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck full ingredient list on pouch if you have severe allergies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store these mini bags to keep them fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the sealed mini packs in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve texture and flavor. Because each bag is individually sealed, you can keep extras on a shelf or in a pantry and only open what you need, helping ensure freshness for each serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOptimal storage: cool, dry, and dark environment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf life: longer when kept in original sealed condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOn-the-go: pocket or purse friendly without crushing contents\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvent prep: pre-fill goodie bags right before the event for best presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? These TULLIPAK mini jelly bean pouches are perfect for event planners, teachers, small-business owners, and anyone who needs an easy, shareable sweet. They suit people organizing parties, promotional handouts, classroom rewards, or anyone who wants controlled-portion treats for travel, lunchboxes, or impulse snacks. If you want a colorful, low-effort candy solution that’s simple to store and distribute, this 75-pack assortment delivers variety and convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: BLUEBERRY PUREE, STRAWBERRY PUREE, LEMON PUREE, PEACH PUREE CONCENTRATE, PEAR JUICE CONCENTRATE, WATERMELON JUICE CONCENTRATE, TANGERINE JUICE CONCENTRATE, CHERRY JUICE CONCENTRATE, APPLE JUICE CONCENTRATE, COCONUT, CITRIC ACID, SODIUM LACTATE, SODIUM CITRATE, PHOSPHORIC ACID, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, COLOR ADDED, RED 40 LAKE, BLUE 1 \u0026amp; 2 LAKE, YELLOW 5 \u0026amp; 6 LAKE, YELLOW 5 \u0026amp; 6, RED 40, BLUE 1, TURMERIC (COLOR), VEGETABLE AND FRUIT JUICE (COLOR). TAPIOCA DEXTRIN, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE, SALT.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many mini bags are included and what is the size?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: You get 75 individual bags, each containing 0.35oz of assorted jelly beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the product is labeled gluten-free, fat-free, non-GMO, and Kosher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"TULLIPAK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002786238547,"sku":"B0CS6X5X1D","price":94.31,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/tullipak-front-packaging-mini-pouch.jpg?v=1787194756"},{"product_id":"lyzas-sweets-treats-mike-ike-red-rageous-chewy-candies-12-pack-4-25-oz-movie-theater-boxes-bold-red-fruit-flavors","title":"LYZA'S SWEETS \u0026 TREATS Mike \u0026 Ike Red Rageous Chewy Candies 12-Pack — 4.25 oz Movie Theater Boxes, Bold Red Fruit Flavors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMike \u0026amp; Ike Red Rageous 12-pack supplies chewy, bold red-fruit candy in convenient 4.25 oz movie theater boxes for sharing, snacking, or stocking up.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a ready-to-serve assortment of bright red flavors with this pack from LYZA'S SWEETS \u0026amp; TREATS. Each of the twelve 4.25-ounce movie theater boxes contains the fan-favorite Mike \u0026amp; Ike Red Rageous blend — Cherry, Strawberry, Watermelon, Raspberry, and Fruit Punch — in a soft, chewy candy that’s built for pockets, candy dishes, and concession stands. The theater-style boxes are ideal for handing out at events or keeping on hand for spontaneous cravings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are in Mike \u0026amp; Ike Red Rageous and how intense are they?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Rageous focuses on an all-red lineup of fruit-forward tastes that lean bright and sweet. The profile is intentionally bold so each chew delivers noticeable fruit character, with slight differences in sweetness and tartness among the five varieties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCherry — rich, classic cherry sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStrawberry — juicy, slightly floral berry notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWatermelon — crisp, refreshing candy melon\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRaspberry — tangy-sweet, adds a tart contrast\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFruit Punch — blended, tropical-citrus candy flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the texture and portioning of these theater boxes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach piece is soft and chewy with enough firmness to bite without crumbling, offering a satisfying chew time. The 4.25 oz theater boxes are portioned for individual use but also stack neatly for group sharing or display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft chew with a firm bite for grip and lasting flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBoxes sized for single servings or small-share moments\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to open and reseal-friendly for on-the-go snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwelve boxes per pack for event-ready quantities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen and where should I use the 12-pack of theater boxes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact boxes and crowd-friendly quantity make this pack suited to many occasions, from movie nights to party favors. They work well in settings where individual portions are helpful or when you want quick, hygienic distribution without extra packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMovie nights and home theater concessions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBirthday parties, classrooms, and candy buffets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEaster baskets, stocking stuffers, and care packages\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSnack bowls at events or travel-friendly road-trip treats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should these candies be stored for best quality?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the theater boxes in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve texture and flavor. Avoid exposure to heat or humidity to prevent softening or sticking, and use within the best-by timeframe printed on the packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore at room temperature, out of sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid hot, humid areas like car dashboards in summer\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeal opened boxes inside an airtight container if not consumed immediately\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRotate stock by using older boxes first for freshest taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This 12-pack of Mike \u0026amp; Ike Red Rageous movie theater boxes from LYZA'S SWEETS \u0026amp; TREATS is designed for candy lovers who prefer fruit-forward chewy sweets in pre-portioned boxes. It’s a practical choice for hosts, parents, event planners, teachers, and anyone looking to stock up on an easy-to-distribute treat that performs well at gatherings, in snack packs, or when traveling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, CONTAINS LESS THAN 0.5% OF THE FOLLOWING: CITRIC ACID, MALIC ACID, FUMARIC ACID, SODIUM CITRATE, DEXTRIN, ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, CONFECTIONERS GLAZE, CARNAUBA WAX, MEDIUM CHAIN TRIGLYCERIDES, RED #40, BLUE #1.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many boxes and what size are included?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: This listing contains twelve 4.25 oz movie theater boxes of Mike \u0026amp; Ike Red Rageous.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these candies suitable for party favors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — the individual theater boxes are ideal for party bags, classroom treats, and movie-night giveaways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"LYZA'S SWEETS \u0026 TREATS","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002790170707,"sku":"B0CZ7LV6VP","price":96.25,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lyzas-mike-and-ike-red-rageous-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787194902"},{"product_id":"mike-ike-sour-blue-raspberry-chewy-candies-12-pack-movie-theater-boxes-4-25-oz-each-tangy-portions","title":"Mike \u0026 Ike Sour Blue Raspberry Chewy Candies — 12-Pack Movie-Theater Boxes, 4.25 oz Each, Tangy Portions","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMike \u0026amp; Ike Sour Blue Raspberry movie-theater boxes deliver tangy blue raspberry chewy candies in a convenient 12-pack of 4.25 oz boxes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBright blue, puckering sour flavor meets the classic Mike \u0026amp; Ike chew in this case pack designed for sharing. Twelve theater-size boxes give you grab-and-go portions ideal for events, movie nights, or everyday snacking. Each piece offers a firm bite that yields to a soft, chewy center, letting the sour blue raspberry profile develop as you enjoy them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these Mike \u0026amp; Ike boxes different from the single bag versions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTheater boxes provide pre-portioned servings that are easy to distribute and carry, while keeping the candies fresher for longer between openings. Unlike a large bag that exposes many pieces each time, each box stores a smaller quantity, reducing staleness and simplifying sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 individual 4.25 oz boxes for portion control and convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact theater-style packaging fits cup holders and small bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBoxes limit repeated exposure to air, maintaining texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for handing out at events or stashing in lunchboxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow intense is the sour blue raspberry flavor and texture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flavor leans decidedly sour at first, then shifts to a vivid blue raspberry sweetness as you chew. Texture-wise, expect a firm outer bite that softens into a pliable, chewy interior—typical of the Mike \u0026amp; Ike experience but with an extra tangy twist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBold sour top note followed by fruit-forward raspberry finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFirm initial bite with a soft, chewable center\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent pieces across boxes for predictable snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood balance of tartness and sweetness for flavor lovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen and where are these movie theater boxes most useful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact boxes are built for on-the-go snacking and easy sharing at gatherings. They slide into pockets and cup holders, making them practical for road trips, cinemas, classrooms, and party tables where individual servings are preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand out at birthday parties, candy buffets, or community events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStash in backpacks, glove compartments, or picnic baskets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for movie nights, office treats, or classroom rewards\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well as stocking stuffers or small gift inclusions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? If you or your crowd enjoy tangy, vibrant fruit candies with a chewy texture and want easy-to-distribute portions, this 12-pack of Mike \u0026amp; Ike Sour Blue Raspberry theater boxes is a practical choice. It suits hosts who need party-ready sweets, parents packing snack-sized treats, and anyone who prefers single-serving candy boxes for convenience and freshness. The case delivers variety in quantity without sacrificing the bold sour profile fans of blue raspberry seek.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, corn syrup, modified food starch, fumaric acid, sodium citrate, citric acid, malic acid, artificial flavor, dextrin, confectioners glaze, carnauba wax, medium chain triglycerides, Blue #1.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many candies are in each 4.25 oz Mike \u0026amp; Ike theater box?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 4.25 oz theater box contains multiple bite-sized pieces; exact count varies by piece size but is typically around 20–30 candies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these Mike \u0026amp; Ike boxes suitable for party favors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—the individual theater boxes are ideal for party favors, candy buffets, and handouts thanks to their compact, ready-to-serve format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Spice To Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002837422163,"sku":"B0FCSMGGZ7","price":96.25,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/mike-and-ike-sour-blue-raspberry-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787196326"},{"product_id":"yummy-yamaguchi-konjac-jelly-variety-pack-4-fruit-flavors-30-pouches-chewy-portable-pouch-jellies-with-safer-narrow-opening","title":"Yummy-Yamaguchi Konjac Jelly Variety Pack — 4 Fruit Flavors, 30 Pouches, Chewy Portable Pouch Jellies with Safer Narrow-Opening","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYummy-Yamaguchi Konjac Jelly Variety Pack delivers 30 individually sealed, fruit-flavored konnyaku pouch jellies in four popular tastes—Apple \u0026amp; Grape, White Peach, Muscat, and Grape—for a chewy, refreshing snack that’s simple to enjoy anywhere.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese ORIHITO Purunto konjac jellies from Japan combine authentic fruit notes with a springy konjac texture, packaged for safety and convenience. Each pouch is made to be gently squeezed so the jelly comes out without the need to suck, helping reduce choking risk and making the snack approachable for kids, seniors, and anyone who wants a tidy, portable treat. The set includes six pieces of each flavor (30 pieces total) and a Yummy-Yamaguchi original wipe, with a portion of proceeds supporting animal protection efforts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these konjac jellies different from regular gummies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKonjac (konnyaku) gives these jellies a denser, springier bite compared with standard gelatin candies. The texture is pleasantly chewy but not sticky, and the pouch format keeps portions tidy and mess-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with konjac powder for a firm yet flexible mouthfeel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual pouches keep flavors fresh and portable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSofter film and narrow opening engineered for safer dispensing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are these jellies packaged for safe, everyday snacking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach jelly is sealed in a squeezable pouch with a deliberately narrow mouth: the product is meant to be pushed out, not sucked, which helps prevent choking hazards and makes consumption more controlled. The film is easy to tear open by hand, so no tools are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNarrow-opening pouch reduces quick ingestion risks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, flexible film allows effortless squeezing and clean portions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for freshness—perfect for school lunches or travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich flavors and quantities are included in the variety pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou’ll receive 30 pouches total, divided into four fruit-forward flavors: Apple \u0026amp; Grape, White Peach, Muscat, and Grape. The balance of flavors makes the kit great for sharing or rotating tastes across several days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4 flavors: Apple \u0026amp; Grape, White Peach, Muscat, and Grape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e6 pouches per flavor, 30 pouches total—single-serve portions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavorful, juicy profiles crafted to reflect real fruit notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat extras come with this pack and how does the purchase help animals?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery package ships with a Yummy-Yamaguchi branded wipe for quick cleanup and convenience when snacking on the go. Additionally, a portion of each sale is allocated to organizations working to protect animals, so buying this pack supports a charitable cause.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne Yummy-Yamaguchi original wipe included for tidy snacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePart of proceeds donated to animal protection initiatives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in Japan with attention to authentic fruit flavoring and safety design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This variety pack suits families, caregivers, and busy people who want a compact, fruity snack with a conscious footprint. It’s particularly useful for parents packing lunchboxes, seniors who prefer gentle textures, and anyone who appreciates Japanese confectionery craftsmanship packaged for safety and portability. If you want a shareable assortment of chewable, fruit-flavored pouch jellies that’s easy to open and mindful of animal welfare, this set is a convenient choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuger\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jellies safe for children and seniors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The pouch's narrow opening is designed so the jelly is squeezed out rather than sucked, reducing choking risk and making it easier for kids and seniors to enjoy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces and flavors are in the pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The pack contains 30 pouches total: six each of Apple \u0026amp; Grape, White Peach, Muscat, and Grape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Yummy-Yamaguchi","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002859180115,"sku":"B0G4J15PCQ","price":86.89,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/yummy-yamaguchi-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787197095"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-sport-beans-energizing-jelly-beans-24-x-1-oz-packs-portable-100-calorie-fuel-with-electrolytes-b-vitamins","title":"Jelly Belly Sport Beans energizing jelly beans, 24 x 1 oz packs — portable 100-calorie fuel with electrolytes \u0026 B vitamins","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Sport Beans are single-serve energizing jelly beans designed to fuel and replenish during exercise with carbohydrates, electrolytes and vitamins in a portable 1-ounce pack.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for active days and on-the-go workouts, Jelly Belly Sport Beans combine quick-release carbohydrates with sodium, potassium and B vitamins to support energy and fluid balance while you train. Each individually wrapped 1-ounce pouch delivers 100 calories and 25 grams of carbs, plus vitamin C and B vitamins made from non-GMO ingredients and natural flavors. The resealable packs fit easily into pockets, hydration belts or gym bags for convenient fueling before or during activity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly do these Sport Beans provide energy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSport Beans give rapid fuel through simple carbohydrates that your body can use right away. Eating one 1-ounce pack about 30 minutes before exercise helps top up glycogen stores, and you can consume more during prolonged activity to maintain energy levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach pack contains 25 grams of carbohydrates for fast fuel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne pouch equals a 100-calorie single serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsume a pack 30 minutes prior to or during exercise as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo they help with hydration or electrolyte replacement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese beans include a modest balance of electrolytes—sodium and potassium—to support fluid balance when you sweat. While not a complete hydration solution, they can complement water or sports drinks to help replace minerals lost during moderate to intense activity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormulated with sodium and potassium for electrolyte support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBest used alongside regular fluid intake for hydration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient pockets of electrolytes when carrying liquids is impractical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutrients and certifications do the packs provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond carbs and electrolytes, Sport Beans supply B vitamins (Thiamin, Riboflavin, Niacin) and vitamin C to assist energy metabolism and antioxidant protection of cells during exercise. The product is gluten-free, peanut-free, OU Kosher certified, and made in the USA with non-GMO ingredients and natural colors and flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes vitamins B1, B2, B3 and vitamin C for metabolic support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten-free and peanut-free, with OU Kosher certification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural flavors and colors; manufactured in the United States.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are the packs designed for portability and use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 1-ounce serving is individually wrapped and resealable, so you can toss a pack into a pocket, fuel belt, or gym bag without worrying about spills. The small size makes them ideal for short efforts or to carry multiple packs for longer events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped, resealable 1-oz pouches for single servings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to carry in pockets, belts, or backpacks for quick access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssorted flavors keep fueling tasty and varied during training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Jelly Belly Sport Beans suit recreational athletes, runners, cyclists, gym-goers and anyone needing compact, quick carbohydrates and light electrolyte support during activity. They’re a practical choice when you want portable energy with familiar candy-style flavors, especially if you prefer products that are gluten-free, peanut-free and made with natural ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCANE SUGAR, TAPIOCA SYRUP, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: CITRIC ACID, APPLE JUICE FROM CONCENTRATE, LIME JUICE FROM CONCENTRATE, RASPBERRY JUICE FROM PUREE, CITRUS PECTIN, LEMON JUICE FROM PUREE, ORANGE JUICE FROM PUREE, PEAR JUICE FROM CONCENTRATE, NATURAL FLAVOR, THIAMINE HYDROCHLORIDE (VITAMIN B1), RIBOFLAVIN (VITAMIN B2), NIACINAMIDE (VITAMIN B3), ASCORBIC ACID (VITAMIN C), POTASSIUM CITRATE, SODIUM CITRATE, SODIUM LACTATE, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE, COLOR ADDED, VEGETABLE AND FRUIT JUICE (COLOR), CURCUMIN (COLOR), BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, SALT.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many carbs are in one 1-ounce pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 1-ounce pack contains 25 grams of carbohydrates and provides 100 calories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Sport Beans gluten or peanut free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—Jelly Belly Sport Beans are gluten-free and peanut-free, and OU Kosher certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002919899219,"sku":"B004ETD2E4","price":89.23,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-sport-beans-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787199091"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-jelly-beans-3-lb-bag-50-flavor-assortment-kosher-certified-resealable","title":"Jelly Belly Jelly Beans 3 lb Bag — 50-Flavor Assortment, Kosher Certified, Resealable","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly 3 Pound Bag delivers 50 distinct jelly bean flavors in a resealable, kosher-certified pack ideal for sharing, snacking, and events.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you’re stocking up for a party, building a candy bar, or simply want a wide variety of flavors at home, this 3 pound bag from Jelly Belly offers an easy, gluten-free option. The assortment spans classic tastes and adventurous varieties, all contained in a resealable bag that preserves freshness and simplifies storage. Kosher certification makes this an inclusive choice for guests with dietary preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor variety can I expect from this 50-flavor assortment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag contains a curated mix of 50 unique Jelly Belly flavors, balancing fruit, dessert, beverage, and novelty notes. You’ll find signature flavors like Very Cherry and Buttered Popcorn alongside unexpected selections that surprise the palate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes fruity, sour, sweet, and novelty flavor profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombination of Jelly Belly classics and seasonal favorites\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRandomized mix; exact ratios vary by pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the packaging keep beans fresh and easy to use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe beans arrive in a durable, resealable bag designed for repeated opening without spilling contents. The flexible pouch reduces exposure to air and humidity, so flavors remain vivid between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable zipper for airtight storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlexible, tear-resistant bag for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity eliminates frequent refills for events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product suitable for people with dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. These Jelly Belly jelly beans are gluten free and bear kosher certification, making them appropriate for many dietary needs. Always check the package ingredients and certification marks if you have specific allergies or dietary requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher certified to meet religious dietary standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten free—safer for those with gluten intolerance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIngredient list on pack for other allergy checks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use a 3 pound bag for events or gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe generous size makes this bag versatile for parties, candy buffets, corporate events, and gift baskets. Portion into jars, favor bags, or decorative bowls for easy presentation and quick refills throughout your event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for candy stations, bulk gifting, or baking accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to portion into small favor bags or glass jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for schools, offices, and holiday gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This 3 pound bag of Jelly Belly jelly beans is a smart pick for hosts, event planners, and families who want broad flavor options without buying multiple small packs. It also fits budget-conscious shoppers who prefer a single bulk purchase, and anyone looking for gluten-free and kosher-certified candy options for inclusive entertaining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar,Corn Syrup,Modified Food Starch,Contains 2% Or Less Of Each Of The Following: Peach Puree Concentrate,Blackberry Puree,Strawberry Puree,Blueberry Puree,Raspberry Puree,Strawberry Juice Concentrate,Apple Juice Concentrate,Banana Puree,Plum Juice Concentrate,Cherry Juice Concentrate,Chocolate Liquor,Cocoa Butter,Soy Lecithin (An Emulsifier),Coconut,Lemon Puree,Orange Puree,Lime Juice Concentrate,Tangerine Juice Concentrate,Watermelon Juice Concentrate,Grapefruit Juice Concentrate,Pineapple Juice Concentrate,Cantaloupe Powder,Pomegranate Juice Concentrate,Pear Juice Concentrate,Kiwi Juice Concentrate,Mango Puree,Mango Juice Concentrate,Passion Fruit Juice Concentrate,Citric Acid,Fumaric Acid,Lactic Acid,Malic Acid,Phosphoric Acid,Ascorbic Acid,Sodium Lactate,Sodium Citrate,Cocoa Powder,Natural And Artificial Flavors,Coffee,Color Added,Red 40 Lake,Yellow 5 \u0026amp; 6 Lake,Blue 1 \u0026amp; 2 Lake,Yellow 5 \u0026amp; 6,Red 40,Blue 1,Vegetable And Fruit Juice (Color),Tapioca Dextrin,Vanilla Beans,Beeswax,Carnauba Wax,Confectioner's Glaze,Salt,Caffeine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, this 3 pound Jelly Belly bag is labeled gluten free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does the bag reseal to keep beans fresh?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the pack includes a resealable zipper to preserve freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003040092243,"sku":"B073JDNDJ1","price":113.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787202444"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-50-flavor-jelly-bean-box-21-oz-assorted-flavors-compartmented-gift-set-with-flavor-guide","title":"Jelly Belly 50-Flavor Jelly Bean Box — 21 oz Assorted Flavors, Compartmented Gift Set with Flavor Guide","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Jelly Belly 50-Flavor Box is a curated 21-ounce assortment containing every flavor from the brand’s official 50-flavor lineup in a compartmentalized gift box.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis boxed set brings together Jelly Belly’s full spectrum of jelly bean flavors, from fruit-forward classics to novelty tastes, arranged so each variety is easy to find and sample. The collection ships straight from the maker and includes a printed flavor guide on the inside lid so recipients can identify each bean. It’s presented by weight (21 ounces total) and is ideal for gift-giving, party snacks, snacking at the office, or sampling new favorites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat exactly comes inside the 50-flavor box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box contains one pound-plus (21 ounces) of jelly beans representing the brand’s entire official 50-flavor lineup. Beans are sorted into compartments and the lid includes a flavor chart that maps bean positions to flavor names.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eComplete flavor range: from Very Cherry, Buttered Popcorn, and Green Apple to Coconut, Sizzling Cinnamon, and Toasted Marshmallow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSorted compartments for quick selection and gifting presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor guide printed on the inside lid for easy identification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight: 21 ounces total (over 1 pound) for sampling and sharing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long will the jelly beans stay fresh and what are dietary details?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly jelly beans have a shelf life of up to 24 months when unopened and stored in a cool, dry place. They’re made with attention to ingredient quality and many are made with natural flavors when possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24-month shelf life from production when properly stored.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified; gluten free, peanut free, dairy free, fat free, and vegetarian friendly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach bean contains approximately four calories for easy portioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight rather than by volume—actual count may vary by flavor size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho should buy the 50-flavor assortment and how can it be used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis set is for anyone who enjoys exploring flavor variety—gift shoppers, party hosts, office snackers, and Jelly Belly collectors. The compartmentalized box and flavor guide make it a practical choice for sampling, themed mixes, or as a colorful centerpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat as a birthday, holiday, or corporate gift with broad appeal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for party candy stations and mix-your-own flavor games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUseful for product tastings, office treats, and candy-themed events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient for families who want many flavors without buying multiple bags.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I do if my order arrives damaged or tastes off?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly prioritizes customer satisfaction—keep any uneaten candy and its original packaging, then contact Jelly Belly with your order number so a representative can assist. The brand aims to ensure products arrive fresh and in excellent condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSave packaging and uneaten candy if you need to report an issue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContact Jelly Belly customer service with order number for resolution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProducts are shipped to preserve freshness; inspect upon arrival.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: The Jelly Belly 50-Flavor Box is designed for anyone who loves variety and discovery in candy—collectors, party hosts, gift buyers, and families who want a curated selection of official Jelly Belly flavors in a single, easy-to-use box. It’s especially convenient for people who prefer pre-sorted assortments with a flavor guide and for those seeking allergen-conscious treats thanks to its gluten-, dairy-, peanut-free, and vegetarian-friendly profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot available\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the 50-flavor box kosher and allergen-friendly?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Jelly Belly jelly beans are OU Kosher and are gluten free, peanut free, dairy free, fat free, and vegetarian friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many ounces are in the assortment and how is it sold?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The box contains 21 ounces of jelly beans and is sold by weight, not by volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003046482003,"sku":"B002UUJ590","price":103.81,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-50-flavor-box-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787202784"},{"product_id":"brachs-classic-jelly-beans-assorted-fruit-54-oz-2-pack-bulk-candy-chewy-colorful","title":"Brach's Classic Jelly Beans Assorted Fruit 54 oz (2-pack) — Bulk Candy, Chewy \u0026 Colorful","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrach's Classic Jelly Beans are a 54 oz (2 count) bulk pack of chewy, assorted fruit-flavored jelly beans made for sharing, decorating, and everyday snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese bulk bags collect the familiar fruity flavors and colorful shells that have made Brach's a staple at holidays and gatherings. Each bag contains a mix of pineapple, lemon, lime, orange, strawberry, cherry, and grape flavored jelly beans with the chewy center and glossy exterior people expect from classic jelly beans. The two 27 oz bags combine convenience and value — ideal for candy dishes, party bowls, seasonal baskets, or dessert toppers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included in these jelly beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assortment focuses on seven classic fruit tastes to please a range of palates. Flavors are distinct yet balanced so you can mix and match in recipes or let guests pick their favorites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePineapple — sweet and tropical\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLemon — bright and zesty\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLime — tangy and refreshing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrange — citrusy and familiar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStrawberry — soft berry sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCherry — rich, red-fruit flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGrape — classic grape candy taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much candy do I get and how should I store it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing ships two resealable bags that total 54 ounces, giving you enough jelly beans for extended use or multiple events. To keep flavor and texture at their best, store the bags in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight; reseal after opening or transfer to airtight containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuantity: two 27 oz bags (54 oz total)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage: cool, dry, away from heat and moisture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTip: use airtight jars for long-term freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use these jelly beans for decorating baked goods and events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—Brach's Classic Jelly Beans are a colorful, easy-to-use topping for cupcakes, cookies, and candy buffets. Their glossy shells and varied colors create visual interest, while the chewable centers add a playful texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDecorating: scatter on cupcakes or press into frosting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty use: fill clear bowls for candy bars or favor bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDIY projects: glue-safe for craft displays (non-edible if glued)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does buying bulk benefit events or everyday snacking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePurchasing larger bags reduces the need to frequently repurchase during holidays or long projects, and gives you the flexibility to portion candy for multiple needs. Bulk packaging is budget-friendly and keeps a ready supply for last-minute celebrations or daily sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCost-effective for parties and classrooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient for frequent bakers and decorators\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for stuffing baskets, favor bags, or candy jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Brach's Classic Jelly Beans in the 54 oz (2 ct) bulk format is designed for hosts, bakers, event planners, teachers, and families who want reliable, familiar candy in generous quantities. If you need a colorful, crowd-pleasing option for decorating desserts, filling candy dishes, or assembling seasonal treats, this value pack makes it easy to keep sweet supplies on hand without frequent reorders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eProduct features recap:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFruity flavored candy in pineapple, lemon, lime, orange, strawberry, cherry, and grape\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwo resealable bags totaling 54 oz for extended use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVersatile for snacking, decorating, and party displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic chewy texture and glossy finish, ideal for gatherings year-round\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, corn syrup, corn starch, modified food starch, contains 2% or less of natural and artificial flavors, shellac, carnauba wax, coconut oil, white mineral oil, vegetable juice (color), red 40, yellow 5, yellow 6, beeswax, blue 1. Contains bioengineered food ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans resealable?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each bag is resealable; press to close after opening for best freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do these contain artificial flavors or colors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The product uses classic candy flavorings and colorings; see the package label for full ingredient details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Brach's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003062603859,"sku":"B01N6WKOUZ","price":112.02,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/brachs-classic-jelly-beans-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787203523"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-jelly-beans-20-flavor-trial-packs-35-oz-80-individually-sealed-sample-pouches","title":"Jelly Belly Jelly Beans 20-Flavor Trial Packs .35 oz — 80 Individually Sealed Sample Pouches","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Jelly Beans 20-Flavor Trial Pack delivers tiny, true-to-life gourmet jelly beans in convenient .35-ounce sample pouches—80 packs perfect for sharing, giveaways, or tasting every flavor.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese trial-size packets put Jelly Belly’s classic gourmet jelly beans into easy portioned servings so you can taste a variety of flavors without committing to a large bag. Each small pack contains just a handful of beans so you can enjoy single flavors or mix-and-match combinations to discover new favorites. The selection includes 20 distinct flavors that showcase the brand’s signature attention to realistic, concentrated taste and bright color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich flavors are included in this 20-flavor assortment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assortment features a broad range of profiles from fruity to dessert-inspired and unexpectedly savory. You’ll find familiar fruit notes as well as playful specialty flavors that have made Jelly Belly a staple for candy fans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlueberry, Very Cherry, Watermelon, Green Apple\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBubble Gum, Cotton Candy, Tutti-Fruitti, Sunkist Lemon\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrange Sherbet, Sunkist Tangerine, Lemon Lime, Juicy Pear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeach, Piña Colada, Strawberry Cheesecake, Toasted Marshmallow\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eButtered Popcorn, Coconut, Licorice, Sizzling Cinnamon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do the trial-size packs make the candy convenient?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach .35-ounce trial packet provides a compact, pre-measured serving ideal for events, party favors, or quick tastings. The small size minimizes waste, fits easily into gift bags or pockets, and gives guests or customers a tidy single-serving treat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e80 individually sealed packs for grab-and-go portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to distribute at parties, classrooms, and trade shows\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for sample testing or flavor-pairing experiments\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable for travel, lunches, or on-the-go snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I know about ingredients, nutrition, and dietary preferences?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly jelly beans are formulated to accommodate many common dietary needs while keeping the recipe flavorful. Each bean is low in calories and free from several major allergens, and the product carries kosher certification for added reassurance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 4 calories per jelly bean for light indulgence\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian-friendly and fat-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured without gluten, peanuts, or dairy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher Certified and made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these packs for events, gifts, or recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact packs are versatile: hand them out as favors, include them in gift baskets, or use them to experiment with Jelly Belly flavor combinations. They also work well for themed parties or promotional giveaways where single-serve convenience is important.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty favors and place settings for birthdays or weddings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSamples for retail counters, booths, and corporate events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIngredients for homemade flavor mixes or dessert toppings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy additions to candy buffets and classroom rewards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? These 80 trial-size packs are ideal for anyone who wants to sample Jelly Belly’s classic flavor range without buying large quantities—event planners, teachers, business owners needing giveaways, parents building party bags, and candy lovers who enjoy exploring flavors. If you appreciate true-to-life candy flavors, small convenient portions, and allergen-friendly treats, this assortment provides a practical, colorful way to taste Jelly Belly’s best-loved beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Artificial Flavor, Stearic Acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many beans are in each .35-ounce trial pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each .35-ounce pack holds a small handful of beans—perfect for one serving or a quick sample.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans gluten or peanut free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Jelly Belly jelly beans are gluten free and made without peanuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003093635155,"sku":"B000IKDIWY","price":98.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-front-packaging-trial-packs.jpg?v=1787204565"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-sugar-free-jelly-beans-12-pack-12-x-2-8-oz-assorted-flavors-splenda-sweetened-gluten-and-dairy-free","title":"Jelly Belly Sugar-Free Jelly Beans 12-Pack (12 x 2.8 oz) Assorted Flavors — SPLENDA Sweetened, Gluten- and Dairy-Free","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Sugar-Free jelly beans are bite-sized, brand-authentic confections made with SPLENDA to deliver classic Jelly Belly flavors without added sugar.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\nThese 12-count packs contain individually sealed 2.8-ounce bags of assorted sugar-free Jelly Belly beans produced by the original maker. Each bag mixes popular flavors so you get a portable, low-sugar treat that preserves the brand’s signature textures and taste palette. The beans are certified OU Kosher and formulated to be fat-, gluten- and dairy-free, making them an accessible snack for many dietary preferences.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how true are they to the original Jelly Belly taste?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sugar-free assortment replicates many of the brand’s classic notes using alternative sweeteners. Expect familiar profiles such as cherry, citrus and licorice, crafted to resemble the original flavor experience while omitting sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes popular flavors like Very Cherry, Tangerine, Green Apple, Juicy Pear and Licorice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTen top flavors rotated through the assortment for variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweetened with SPLENDA to keep flavor intensity with reduced sugar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade by Jelly Belly for consistent taste and texture expectations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for people with common food sensitivities?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the formulation avoids several common allergens and dietary triggers. They are peanut-free and carry OU Kosher certification, and the recipe is free from dairy and gluten.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free production reduces cross-contact risk for nut allergies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFat-free composition for a lighter ingredient profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and dairy-free to suit varied diets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified by the Orthodox Union for kosher consumers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow convenient are these 2.8 oz bags for everyday use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact, resealable-style bags are designed for on-the-go enjoyment and portion control. A 12-count case supplies multiple small packs ideal for stashing in purses, lunchboxes, backpacks or travel kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwelve 2.8-ounce bags per case for sharing and easy distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall size supports portion awareness and travel-friendly snacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually bagged for freshness and simple gifting or event use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLightweight packaging ideal for carrying or packing in trips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store them and what is the shelf life?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the bags sealed and stored in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve flavor and texture. When unopened and stored properly, these candies maintain quality for a typical confection shelf life; follow any printed best-by date for guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry cupboard or pantry away from heat sources.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid humid conditions to prevent texture changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsume by the printed best-by date for peak flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOnce opened, reseal or transfer to an airtight container for freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nWho is this for\n\nThese sugar-free Jelly Belly beans suit anyone craving the brand’s iconic flavors without added sugar — including calorie-conscious snackers, travelers, or hosts planning portioned treats. They also fit dietary needs that require peanut-free, gluten-free, dairy-free, and kosher-certified options, making them a versatile choice for parties, workplace bowls, or everyday snacking.\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVery Cherry, Tangerine, Green Apple, Juicy Pear\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans truly sugar-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. They are made with SPLENDA and contain no added sugar while preserving Jelly Belly flavor profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do these contain common allergens like peanuts or dairy?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. The product is peanut-free, dairy-free, gluten-free and OU Kosher certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003134627923,"sku":"B018430KTK","price":110.29,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-front-packaging_5e424ffc-197e-4a36-90f9-81dbe5db3ca0.jpg?v=1787206180"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-strawberry-cheesecake-jelly-beans-1-lb-16-oz-resealable-bag-real-strawberry-juice","title":"Jelly Belly Strawberry Cheesecake Jelly Beans — 1 lb (16 oz) Resealable Bag, Real Strawberry Juice","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Strawberry Cheesecake Jelly Beans are bite-sized confections that combine creamy cheesecake notes with real strawberry juice in a one-pound resealable bag.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy the classic dessert flavor without utensils or refrigeration — a portable, shelf-stable treat crafted by Jelly Belly. These jelly beans deliver a rich, creamy strawberry cheesecake taste using real strawberry juice, packaged in a 16‑ounce resealable pouch to keep beans fresh. Each bag is made at the source and carries Jelly Belly's quality standards, including clear allergen and dietary details for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these Strawberry Cheesecake jelly beans different from other candy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRather than a simple fruit note, these beans are layered to mimic a dessert profile — a creamy cheesecake essence balanced with natural strawberry juice for authenticity. Jelly Belly formulates each bean to emphasize flavor clarity and mouthfeel, aiming for a more grown-up candy experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavored with real strawberry juice for a natural fruity backbone\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreamy cheesecake profile that avoids artificial heaviness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCrafted by Jelly Belly’s flavor specialists for consistent taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 400 beans per one-pound bag for sharing or snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store them and how long will they stay fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe beans come in a resealable 16‑ounce bag that helps preserve texture and flavor after opening. Stored in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight, the jelly beans maintain their quality for up to 24 months from production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable pouch for everyday freshness and portability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBest kept in cool, dry conditions — no refrigeration needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24‑month shelf life when stored properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these safe for people with common allergens or dietary preferences?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly labels this product to support many diets and allergy concerns: the Strawberry Cheesecake jelly beans are OU Kosher, gluten-free, peanut-free, dairy-free, fat-free and suitable for vegetarians. While formulated to minimize certain allergens, always check current packaging for ingredient updates if you have severe allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free and gluten-free for reduced cross-contact risk\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDairy-free and fat-free, with vegetarian-friendly ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOnly about four calories per bean for portion-conscious snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these jelly beans — gifting, snacking, or events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe one-pound resealable bag is versatile: perfect for topping dessert tables, filling favor bags, sharing on road trips, or keeping at your desk for quick sweet moments. Their recognizable flavor makes them a convenient way to add a dessert-inspired accent to parties without spoiling space for fresh desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill candy dishes, party favors, or decorative jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to portion for gatherings or movie-night bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable and nonperishable — ideal for travel and picnics\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight (approximately 400 beans per pound), not volume\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? If you love dessert-style candy or want a portable, shelf-stable treat with genuine strawberry flavor and a creamy cheesecake character, this Jelly Belly one-pound bag is designed for you. It's especially well suited to hosts, candy lovers seeking a premium flavored bean, people with certain dietary restrictions, and anyone who wants a nostalgic yet refined sweet snack straight from Jelly Belly's factory standards. Contact the seller if you have questions — Jelly Belly offers a product guarantee and customer support for any concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, STRAWBERRY JUICE FROM PUREE, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: CITRIC ACID, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, COLOR ADDED, RED 40 LAKE, RED 40, YELLOW 5 LAKE, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many jelly beans are in a one-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 400 beans per one-pound (16 oz) bag, sold by weight, not volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these Jelly Belly beans gluten or dairy free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — they are labeled gluten-free and dairy-free, plus OU Kosher and peanut-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003176767571,"sku":"B0015D87ME","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-strawberry-cheesecake-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787207742"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-fruit-bowl-jelly-beans-9-8-oz-bag-16-assorted-true-to-life-fruit-flavors","title":"Jelly Belly Fruit Bowl Jelly Beans — 9.8 oz Bag, 16 Assorted True-to-Life Fruit Flavors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eJelly Belly Fruit Bowl Jelly Beans are a 9.8-ounce bag of 16 distinct, true-to-life fruit flavors for snacking, baking, or candy bowls.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBright, bite-sized, and packed with recognizable fruit tastes, this assortment from Jelly Belly brings a variety of citrus, berry and tropical notes in every handful. Each bean is crafted to deliver a concentrated, faithful flavor without dairy, peanuts or gluten, making them a convenient sweet option for sharing, gifting or creative recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how authentic do they taste?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fruit Bowl mix contains 16 popular fruit flavors, each designed to mimic the real thing with a vivid, single-flavor profile. Expect clear, postcard-like notes from classics to tropical picks that read true to their names.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes citrus, berry, orchard and tropical fruit varieties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual beans focus on one recognizable fruit flavor per color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for a strong, immediate flavor hit in a small serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these jelly beans beyond snacking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFruit Bowl Jelly Beans are versatile: they’re great straight from the bag, added to party bowls, or incorporated into desserts and homemade confections. Jelly Belly also encourages imaginative uses in recipes that layer complementary sweets and textures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle over ice cream or yogurt for concentrated fruit bursts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as colorful accents on cakes, cupcakes and party treats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortion into favor bags or mix into trail mixes for a sweet pop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dietary attributes should I know about these jelly beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach jelly bean contains about 4 calories and the bag is formulated without gluten, dairy, peanuts and fat, making it approachable for several dietary preferences. They are also labeled vegetarian, supporting plant-based snack choices without animal-derived ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 4 calories per jelly bean for portion awareness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian and free of peanuts, dairy and gluten.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot a source of fat; read the nutrition panel for sugars and serving sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store them to keep flavor and texture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the sealed bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve flavor and chew. Once opened, re-seal or transfer to an airtight container to keep the candies from softening or picking up other odors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep at room temperature, out of heat and humidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseal the bag or use a container to maintain crunch and taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for seasonal displays, candy dishes, or long-term pantry storage when unopened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Jelly Belly Fruit Bowl Jelly Beans suit anyone who loves vivid, single-flavor fruit candies—families, party hosts, bakers and people seeking vegetarian, gluten-free snack options. They’re a good choice for candy lovers who enjoy trying many concise fruit flavors in one grab-and-go package, or for creative cooks and crafters who want a colorful, flavorful ingredient for desserts and decorations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandy\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Jelly Belly Fruit Bowl Jelly Beans are labeled gluten-free and also free of dairy and peanuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many calories are in one jelly bean?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each Jelly Belly jelly bean contains about 4 calories, useful for portion control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003190202451,"sku":"B07FQYR44D","price":58.8,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-fruit-bowl-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787207950"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-pumpkin-pie-jelly-beans-grab-go-3-pack-3-x-3-5-oz-seasonal-spiced-flavor-resealable-bags","title":"Jelly Belly Pumpkin Pie Jelly Beans Grab \u0026 Go 3-Pack — 3 x 3.5 oz, seasonal spiced flavor, resealable bags","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Pumpkin Pie Grab \u0026amp; Go Bags are three 3.5-ounce packets of pumpkin-pie–inspired jelly beans packaged inside an official Jelly Belly branded tear-off bag for convenient holiday snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring the warm spices and sweetness of pumpkin pie to parties, stockings, or a personal candy stash with this seasonal 3-pack. Each individual resealable Grab \u0026amp; Go bag contains perfectly portioned, gluten-free, nut-free, dairy-free jelly beans made by Jelly Belly’s Master Candy Makers. The set arrives pre-packed inside an official Jelly Belly plastic tear-off bag, ready for gifting, handing out, or keeping at your desk for quick autumn treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor experience do these pumpkin pie jelly beans deliver?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese jelly beans are crafted to echo the familiar notes of pumpkin pie—sweet pumpkin, warm cinnamon, and a touch of nutmeg—without being overly sugary. The flavor profile is designed to be recognizable and festive while keeping the chewy Jelly Belly texture people expect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweet pumpkin center notes balanced with baking spices\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubtle buttery undertone reminiscent of pie crust\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDistinctive Jelly Belly chew and finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFour calories per bean for portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow convenient are the Grab \u0026amp; Go Bags for events and gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 3.5-ounce bag is sized for single-person snacking, party favors, or classroom treats, and the three-pack adds value and flexibility. The resealable bags help keep candies fresh, and the included Jelly Belly tear-off bag makes the set gift-ready with minimal wrapping required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThree individual 3.5 oz resealable bags per package\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-packaged in a Jelly Belly branded plastic tear-off bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to drop into stockings, goodie bags, or candy dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable for travel, commuting, or office desks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for guests with allergies or dietary limits?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly Pumpkin Pie jelly beans are made without gluten, peanuts, dairy, and fat, making them a broadly allergy-friendly option for many gatherings. While they avoid common allergens listed, always check the product label for full ingredient and cross-contact information if you have severe sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten free, peanut free, and dairy free formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFat free candy with low calories per bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade in facilities following Jelly Belly quality standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecommended to verify label for specific allergy concerns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these pumpkin pie jelly beans during the holidays?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese seasonal jelly beans work well as a festive accent across holiday applications—scatter them in candy bowls, add to dessert bars, or use as portioned favors at fall parties. Their themed flavor and compact bags make them easy to integrate into decorations, classroom rewards, or event giveaways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill candy dishes for Thanksgiving or fall gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInclude as individual favors in party or wedding gift bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as stocking stuffers or small teacher gifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDecorate dessert tables and candy buffets with seasonal color\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This three-pack of Jelly Belly Pumpkin Pie Grab \u0026amp; Go Bags is ideal for anyone who wants a convenient, seasonal candy option—hosts planning fall events, teachers assembling classroom treats, shoppers seeking simple stocking stuffers, and Jelly Belly fans craving nostalgic autumn flavor. It also suits shoppers looking for allergy-friendly, portion-controlled candy from a trusted brand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many bags come in this pack and what size are they?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: You get three 3.5-ounce resealable Grab \u0026amp; Go bags included inside an official Jelly Belly tear-off bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans free from common allergens?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, they are gluten free, peanut free, dairy free, and fat free, but check the label for cross-contact details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003197771859,"sku":"B0FZXFGDVY","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-front-packaging-pumpkin-pie.jpg?v=1787208253"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-pumpkin-pie-jelly-beans-3-pack-grab-go-bags-3-x-3-5-oz-resealable-seasonal-spice-flavor","title":"Jelly Belly Pumpkin Pie Jelly Beans 3-Pack Grab \u0026 Go Bags — 3 x 3.5 oz, resealable seasonal spice flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese are three 3.5-ounce Grab \u0026amp; Go bags of Jelly Belly Pumpkin Pie–flavored jelly beans, packaged together in an official Jelly Belly branded plastic tear-off bag for easy sharing and seasonal snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want a compact, festive candy option for fall gatherings, classroom treats, or quick office snacks, this 3-pack delivers Pumpkin Pie–inspired flavors in perfectly portioned resealable pouches. Each jelly bean is crafted by Jelly Belly’s Master Candy Makers to echo the sweet, spiced notes of pumpkin pie while remaining easy to carry and store. The set includes a Jelly Belly plastic tear-off bag for tidy presentation and transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor experience do these Pumpkin Pie jelly beans provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix aims to capture the warm spices and sweet filling of a classic pumpkin pie in bite-sized jelly beans. Flavors blend sweet pumpkin notes with cinnamon and spice accents to create a seasonal candy profile without overwhelming sugar heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePumpkin and warm spice-inspired flavoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubtle sweetness designed to resemble pie filling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, chewy Jelly Belly texture in every bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent flavor across the small batch mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow convenient is the packaging for gifting or on-the-go snacking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 3.5 oz Grab \u0026amp; Go bag is sized for single-person enjoyment or small sharing, and the pack of three is bundled inside an official Jelly Belly tear-off bag for neat storage. The individual bags are resealable, so you can portion out servings and keep leftover beans fresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThree separate 3.5 oz resealable bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBundled in a branded Jelly Belly plastic tear-off bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to tuck into lunch boxes, stockings, or party favor kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-portioned to reduce waste and simplify serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for people with common food allergies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly Pumpkin Pie jelly beans are formulated to be allergy-friendly for many common sensitivities. They are gluten-free, peanut-free, dairy-free, and fat-free, letting more guests enjoy holiday treats with fewer ingredient concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and peanut-free formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDairy-free and fat-free candy option\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately four calories per bean (small portion control)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduced under Jelly Belly’s quality and flavor standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this 3-pack at fall events and parties?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact, themed bags make this 3-pack versatile for seasonal entertaining, classroom celebrations, or simple home enjoyment. Use them as individual favors, mix into candy buffets, or keep one at your desk for a quick autumn-flavored treat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for Thanksgiving place settings and favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat addition to candy buffets and holiday dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for classroom rewards and party goodie bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandy for travel, office desks, or snack drawers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This Jelly Belly Pumpkin Pie 3-pack suits anyone looking for seasonal, portable candy—hosts building holiday treat assortments, teachers assembling small giveaways, office snackers who want portion-controlled sweets, and fans of pumpkin-spice flavors seeking a nostalgic, chewy candy option without common allergens like peanuts or gluten.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many beans are in each 3.5 oz Grab \u0026amp; Go bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each 3.5 oz bag contains a portion-sized number of jelly beans, suitable for a single snack; exact count varies by bean size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these Pumpkin Pie jelly beans gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — Jelly Belly Pumpkin Pie jelly beans are labeled gluten-free, and they are also peanut-free, dairy-free, and fat-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003200327763,"sku":"B0FZX9S5P7","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-front-packaging-pumpkin-pie_00e961ab-535c-4a14-a8ba-da595b4730d3.jpg?v=1787208274"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-49-assorted-jelly-beans-3-lb-clear-resealable-can-party-ready-mix-of-49-flavors","title":"Jelly Belly 49 Assorted Jelly Beans — 3 lb Clear Resealable Can, Party-Ready Mix of 49 Flavors","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly 49 Assorted Jelly Beans in a 3-pound clear can is a shareable tin of 49 official flavors, ready for parties, refilling dispensers, or everyday snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\nThis large clear can holds three pounds of Jelly Belly jelly beans—roughly 1,200 beans by weight—featuring 49 carefully selected flavors (Chili Mango was excluded for being too spicy for the mix). The beans are made using natural ingredients when possible and packaged to preserve freshness; they’re OU Kosher, gluten-free, peanut-free, dairy-free, fat-free, and vegetarian-friendly, with about four calories per bean.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how varied is the mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou get a broad spectrum of fruit, cream, soda, and novelty flavors: everything from Sunkist Orange and Very Cherry to Cappuccino and Toasted Marshmallow. The mix balances bright citrus and berry notes with richer dessert and soda-inspired choices for a crowd-pleasing selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e49 official Jelly Belly flavors such as Berry Blue, Mango, Lemon Drop, and Buttered Popcorn\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombination of fruit, beverage, and dessert-inspired flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMany flavors include real fruit juice for authentic taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the product packaged and how long will it stay fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe beans arrive in a resealable clear can designed for display and sharing, and the product is sold by weight rather than volume. Jelly Belly jelly beans have a 24-month shelf life when stored in a cool, dry place and the can helps maintain freshness between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable 3 lb clear can for easy serving and storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight (3 pounds), approximately 400 beans per pound\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24-month shelf life when unopened and stored properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for people with dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—these beans accommodate many common dietary needs: they’re OU Kosher, gluten-free, peanut-free, dairy-free, fat-free, and vegetarian-friendly. Always check ingredient details for individual flavor sensitivities and consult packaging for the most current allergen statements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFree from peanuts, dairy, gluten, and fat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian-friendly with many flavors using natural fruit juice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use three pounds of Jelly Belly jelly beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe generous can is ideal for entertaining, refilling a Jelly Belly Bean Machine or candy dispenser, or portioning into party favors. It’s also practical for office bowls, candy buffets, seasonal displays, and snacking at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for parties, sports events, and family gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefill compatible with Jelly Belly dispensers and machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for candy buffets, gift jars, and themed displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nWho is this for: Anyone who wants a large, ready-to-serve assortment of premium jelly beans—hosts planning a party, businesses stocking candy dispensers, families that love variety, or fans building flavor collections. If you appreciate bold fruit notes, classic soda and dessert flavors, and the convenience of a resealable three-pound can, this Jelly Belly assortment delivers a wide range of tastes and simple storage. For questions about freshness or packaging, keep any uneaten candy and the can, then contact Jelly Belly with your order number so their customer service team can assist.\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThis is 3 pounds of fresh-from-the-factory assorted flavors goodness in a resealable clear can\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for refilling a candy dispenser, like one of our Jelly Belly Bean Machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMany flavors made with REAL fruit juice for sweet, juicy, true-to-life flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free, OU Kosher, Fat-free, Gluten-free and Dairy-free, with only four (4) calories per bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar,Corn Syrup,Modified Food Starch,Contains 2% Or Less Of The Following:Peach Puree Concentrate,Blackberry Puree,Strawberry Puree,Blueberry Puree,Raspberry Puree,Strawberry Juice Concentrate,Apple Juice Concentrate,Banana Puree,Plum Juice Concentrate,Cherry Juice Concentrate,Chocolate Liquor,Cocoa Butter,Coconut,Lemon Puree,Orange Puree,Lime Juice Concentrate,Tangerine Juice Concentrate,Watermelon Juice Concentrate,Grapefruit Juice Concentrate,Pineapple Juice Concentrate,Cantaloupe Powder,Pomegranate Juice Concentrate,Pear Juice Concentrate,Kiwi Juice Concentrate,Mango Puree,Mango Juice Concentrate,Passion Fruit Juice Concentrate,Citric Acid,Fumaric Acid,Lactic Acid,Malic Acid,Phosphoric Acid,Sodium Lactate,Sodium Citrate,Cocoa Powder,Natural And Artificial Flavors,Coffee,Color Added,Red 40 Lake,Yellow 5 \u0026amp; 6 Lake,Blue 1 \u0026amp; 2 Lake,Yellow 5 \u0026amp; 6,Red 40,Blue 1 \u0026amp; 2,Turmeric (Color),Vegetable And Fruit Juice (Color),Tapioca Dextrin,Vanilla Beans,Beeswax,Carnauba Wax,Confectioner's Glaze,Salt,Caffeine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many jelly beans are in the 3 lb can?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Approximately 1,200 beans total (around 400 beans per pound).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans nut-free and gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—Jelly Belly beans are peanut-free and gluten-free; check packaging for full allergen details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003201802323,"sku":"B009IFOOIM","price":58.8,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-clear-can-front.jpg?v=1787208355"},{"product_id":"crazyoutlet-jelly-beans-chewy-candy-assorted-fruit-licorice-2-lb-resealable-bag-bright-colors","title":"CRAZYOUTLET Jelly Beans Chewy Candy — Assorted Fruit \u0026 Licorice, 2 lb Resealable Bag, Bright Colors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCRAZYOUTLET 2-pound bag of assorted jelly beans delivers a colorful mix of fruit and licorice flavors perfect for snacking, decorating, or filling baskets.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you need a generous supply of classic chewy candy for seasonal events, candy bowls, or everyday treats, this 2 lb pack offers a bright, ready-to-use assortment. The selection includes Strawberry, Pineapple, Lemon, Orange, Lime, Blueberry, Licorice, and Cherry, giving a balanced range of sweet and tangy tastes plus a licorice option for variety. Each bean has a smooth gloss and familiar chew that works well in displays, party favors, and themed decorations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these jelly beans fit into holiday or event setups?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese beans are sized and colored to complement seasonal decor and party themes. Their glossy finish and vivid hues make them an easy pick for centerpieces, candy stations, and DIY crafts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-fill plastic eggs, baskets, and favor bags without extra preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStrong color contrast for eye-catching dessert tables and displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk quantity minimizes the need to restock during events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how varied is the mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package contains eight flavors spanning fruity staples and a classic licorice option. Each scoop delivers a mix of sweet, tart, and unique flavors, keeping guests and snackers interested.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFruit flavors: Strawberry, Pineapple, Lemon, Orange, Lime, Blueberry, Cherry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncluded Licorice flavor adds a non-fruity contrast\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced distribution for varied scoops and mixed bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans convenient for storage and use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe resealable 2-pound package and compact bean size make storage and portioning straightforward. They store easily in pantry shelves and can be portioned into smaller containers for events or gifts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGenerous 2 lb quantity reduces frequent repurchasing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBeans fit neatly into small containers and decorative vessels\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStable at room temperature for typical household use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these jelly beans beyond snacking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese jelly beans serve multiple decorative and crafting roles in addition to being a snack. Their sturdy shape and color variety make them useful for edible accents and non-edible displays alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill wedding or party favor bags and mason jar gift toppers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as colorful accents in dessert displays or cake decorations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncorporate into seasonal crafts, candy mosaics, or children’s activities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This 2 lb CRAZYOUTLET jelly bean bag is ideal for hosts, event planners, parents organizing seasonal hunts or parties, confectionery decorators, and anyone who wants an affordable, vibrant supply of chewy candy. It works well for families stocking up for holidays, bakers adding colorful accents, and small businesses creating eye-catching displays. If you want a dependable, multi-flavor jelly bean assortment that combines convenience, variety, and visual appeal, this bulk pack is a practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Glucose Syrup, Water, Modified Corn Starch, Citric Acid, Artificial Flavors, Acacia Gum, Sodium Citrate, Modified Vegetable Oils (Palm Oil, Palm Kernel Oil, Coconut Oil), Shellac, Glycerin, Carnauba Wax, Titanium Dioxide Color, Artificial Colors (FD\u0026amp;C Yellow 5 Lake, Red 40 Lake, Red 40, Blue 2, Yellow 5, Blue 1, Yellow 6, Blue 1 Lake).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many jelly beans are in the 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Exact counts vary by bean size, but a 2 lb bag provides a large bulk supply suitable for multiple bowls, favors, or decorations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can these jelly beans be used for cake decoration?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — their glossy finish and firm shape make them suitable for topping cakes, dessert displays, and edible accents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"CRAZYOUTLET","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003203997779,"sku":"B0GL969WKC","price":58.68,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/crazyoutlet-front-of-bag.jpg?v=1787208487"},{"product_id":"lyzas-sweets-treats-dr-pepper-soda-lovers-multipack-3-1-oz-cotton-candy-3-5-oz-jelly-belly-jelly-beans-gift-ready-duo","title":"LYZA'S SWEETS \u0026 TREATS Dr. Pepper Soda Lover's Multipack — 3.1 oz Cotton Candy + 3.5 oz Jelly Belly Jelly Beans, Gift-Ready Duo","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLYZA'S SWEETS \u0026amp; TREATS Soda Lover's Multipack pairs a 3.1 oz bag of Dr. Pepper cotton candy with a 3.5 oz bag of Dr. Pepper Jelly Belly jelly beans for a playful, soda-inspired candy duo.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring the fizzy, nostalgic flavor of Dr. Pepper into two contrasting candy textures: airy cotton candy and chewy jelly beans. This two-piece set is crafted for fans who want the soda’s signature taste delivered as a fluffy treat and a pocket-sized chew. Each product is portioned for sharing, gifting, or for stashing away as a sweet, themed snack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat exactly comes in this Dr. Pepper-themed candy set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe multipack contains one 3.1 oz bag of Dr. Pepper-flavored cotton candy and one 3.5 oz bag of Jelly Belly Dr. Pepper jelly beans. Both items are ready-to-enjoy, prepackaged, and designed to complement each other—one light and airy, the other dense and chewy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne 3.1 oz Dr. Pepper cotton candy bag — fluffy, single-serve portion\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne 3.5 oz Jelly Belly Dr. Pepper jelly beans bag — assorted chewy pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged together in a gift-ready multipack for convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for sharing, snacking, and novelty gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do the flavors and textures compare?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cotton candy recreates the soda’s flavor in an ultra-light, melt-in-your-mouth form, while the Jelly Belly beans concentrate the same profile into chewy, long-lasting bites. Together they offer contrasting mouthfeels that highlight different aspects of the Dr. Pepper taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCotton candy: airy, dissolves quickly, ideal for immediate flavor burst\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eJelly beans: chewy, linger on the palate, great for savoring the soda notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombined: fast-impact and slow-savor options for variety\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor consistency: both items aim to reflect Dr. Pepper’s unique soda profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen and how should I use the multipack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis set works well as a novelty gift, party favor, stocking stuffer, or a small indulgence for soda fans. It’s also handy for themed event tables, movie nights, or care packages where a recognizable soda flavor will delight recipients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGifting: ready-made for holidays, birthdays, or themed gift boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty favors: individual portions for guests or candy bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSnacking: portion-sized bags for on-the-go treats\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCare packages: nostalgic addition to surprise boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve these candies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep both bags sealed and store them in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve texture and flavor. Open cotton candy just before serving to maintain its fluffy structure; jelly beans can be portioned into small bowls or kept in resealable bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage: cool, dry, and sealed for freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCotton candy tip: avoid humidity to prevent clumping\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eJelly bean tip: reseal after opening to retain chewiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServing: use small paper cones or bowls for a nostalgic presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This multipack is ideal for Dr. Pepper fans, collectors of novelty confectionery, and anyone who enjoys unique soda-flavored treats. It’s suited to gift-givers, party planners, and snackers seeking both immediate and lingering flavor experiences. If you love soda-inspired candy varieties—or you’re looking for a playful, themed present—this two-piece Dr. Pepper set delivers recognizable taste in two fun formats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, corn syrup, modified food starch, contains 2% or less of: root beer natural and artificial flavors, color added (including caramel color, yellow 5, red 40, blue 1), confectioner's glaze, beeswax, carnauba wax, salt, cocoa powder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these candies authentic Dr. Pepper flavors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, both items are crafted to reflect the Dr. Pepper soda profile for a recognizable soda-inspired taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What size are the bags in this multipack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The set includes a 3.1 oz bag of Dr. Pepper cotton candy and a 3.5 oz bag of Dr. Pepper Jelly Belly jelly beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"LYZA'S SWEETS \u0026 TREATS","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003206946899,"sku":"B0CJT68FW3","price":58.57,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lyzas-sweets-dr-pepper-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787208523"},{"product_id":"tullipak-beanboozled-7th-edition-spinner-game-with-refill-bag-gross-vs-delicious-jelly-bean-party-game","title":"TULLIPAK BeanBoozled 7th Edition Spinner Game with Refill Bag — Gross vs. Delicious Jelly Bean Party Game","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBeanBoozled 7th Edition is a spin-and-eat jelly bean challenge where identical-looking beans hide either a tasty flavor or a disgusting surprise, now bundled with a refill bag for extended play.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring unpredictable laughs and outrageous reactions to your next gathering with the BeanBoozled 7th Edition Spinner Game plus refill bag. Players spin the wheel, match a bean color, and eat it—never knowing if they'll get a pleasant taste or something totally gross. This edition introduces bolder flavor pairings like Liver \u0026amp; Onions versus Cappuccino and Old Bandage versus Pomegranate, increasing the shock value while keeping the mechanics delightfully simple. The set includes a 3.5 oz spinner box and a 1.9 oz refill bag so the fun can keep going through several rounds or be shared between groups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the spinner game work and keep everyone entertained?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGameplay is quick to learn and perfect for groups. Each player spins the wheel, takes a jelly bean matching the color the spinner lands on, and eats it—reactions are the main attraction. It’s designed for repeated rounds and escalating dares, which makes it ideal for parties or sleepovers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpin to choose a colored slot, then pick a matching bean from the jar or refill bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery color corresponds to two possible flavors—one pleasant, one unpleasant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple rules allow fast turns and lots of humorous reactions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefill bag extends play without pausing to restock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat new flavors are included in the 7th Edition and which ones surprise players most?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 7th Edition raises the stakes with unexpected flavor duos that contrast sharply—sweet versus revolting. New combinations like Liver \u0026amp; Onions vs. Cappuccino and Old Bandage vs. Pomegranate are built to provoke genuine surprise, while some classic mismatches remain to keep veteran players guessing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTen flavor duos per the edition, mixing edible favorites with gut-churning options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNotable pairings: Peach vs. Barf and Toasted Marshmallow vs. Stink Bug.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlavors are evenly distributed so surprises remain random and frequent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefill bag contains the same style beans for consistent gameplay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this set safe and suitable for parties or gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BeanBoozled spinner set is packaged for casual social use and makes a playful gag gift. It’s intended for people who enjoy silly dares and novelty treats; always check age recommendations and ingredient labels for allergies before serving to children or guests with sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes a sealed 3.5 oz spinner box and a 1.9 oz refill bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBest for group entertainment, birthdays, sleepovers, and holiday gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot intended as a medical or dietary solution—review ingredients if allergies are a concern.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePackaged for gifting with clear novelty-game presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use the refill bag and keep the game going longer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included 1.9 oz refill bag is meant to top up the spinner jar between rounds or when you want to share beans across multiple game boxes. It’s an easy way to increase playtime without buying separate packs, and it helps keep the party momentum moving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePour refill beans into the spinner container as needed during gameplay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse refill bag to create multiple play stations at bigger gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the bag sealed between uses to maintain bean freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCombine refills from multiple sets for longer sessions or larger groups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? If you host lively get-togethers, love novelty challenges, or want a crowd-pleasing gag present, the TULLIPAK BeanBoozled 7th Edition Spinner Game + Refill Bag delivers unpredictable entertainment. It’s aimed at kids old enough to follow the rules, teens hunting for party laughs, and adults who enjoy lighthearted pranks—just be mindful of food allergies and supervise younger players. Add it to your next party kit for fast setup, hilarious moments, and an easy way to spark group interaction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: BLUEBERRY PUREE, STRAWBERRY PUREE, LEMON PUREE, PEACH PUREE CONCENTRATE, PEAR JUICE CONCENTRATE, WATERMELON JUICE CONCENTRATE, TANGERINE JUICE CONCENTRATE, CHERRY JUICE CONCENTRATE, APPLE JUICE CONCENTRATE, COCONUT, CITRIC ACID, SODIUM LACTATE, SODIUM CITRATE, PHOSPHORIC ACID, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, COLOR ADDED, RED 40 LAKE, BLUE 1 \u0026amp; 2 LAKE, YELLOW 5 \u0026amp; 6 LAKE, YELLOW 5 \u0026amp; 6, RED 40, BLUE 1, TURMERIC (COLOR), VEGETABLE AND FRUIT JUICE (COLOR). TAPIOCA DEXTRIN, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE, SALT.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What comes in the BeanBoozled 7th Edition set?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: You get a 3.5 oz spinner game box and a 1.9 oz refill bag of jelly beans for extended play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the flavors safe for kids?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Generally yes for most children, but always check the ingredient list for allergens and supervise younger players.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"TULLIPAK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003224576083,"sku":"B0F9B4H2VB","price":58.8,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/tullipak-beanboozled-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787208939"},{"product_id":"tundras-j0lly-ranchrs-classic-jelly-beans-2-lb-bulk-bag-7-fruity-flavors-330-pieces-resealable","title":"Tundras J0lly Ranchrs Classic Jelly Beans 2 lb Bulk Bag — 7 Fruity Flavors, 330+ Pieces, Resealable","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTundras J0lly Ranchrs Classic Jelly Beans are a 2-pound sealed bulk bag of colorful, fruity jelly beans featuring seven classic flavors and more than 330 pieces—designed for parties, snacking, and candy displays.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese jelly beans come packed in a resealable Tundras bag to keep the candies fresh until you're ready to serve. The mix includes pineapple, lemon, lime, orange, strawberry, cherry, and grape, giving you a broad, familiar fruit palette that works well for candy buffets, office bowls, holiday baskets, or everyday sweet cravings. Because this is a 2 lb bulk package, it provides a generous quantity that stretches across multiple uses without frequent repurchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many candies are inside and what flavors will I find?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach 2-pound bag contains roughly 330+ jelly beans, though exact counts vary by batch. The assortment is intentionally focused on seven time-tested fruit flavors so you get a balanced mix of sweet and tangy options in every scoop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximate quantity: 330+ jelly beans per 2 lb bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncluded flavors: pineapple, lemon, lime, orange, strawberry, cherry, grape\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eColorful mix suited for displays and portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store the jelly beans to keep them fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe candies are sold in a sealed Tundras bag that helps preserve texture and flavor; for longer storage, keep the bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. After opening, use the resealable closure or transfer to an airtight container to prevent stickiness and flavor loss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unopened bag in a cool, dry cupboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse resealable closure or airtight container after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid heat sources and moisture to maintain firmness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are practical uses for a 2-pound bulk bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA 2 lb quantity is ideal when you need a sizable but manageable supply for events, gifting, or prolonged household snacking. The mix works well for DIY candy bars, classroom treats, party favors, seasonal decorations, or refilling jars at receptions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill candy bowls for offices, weddings, and parties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreate party favor bags or Easter baskets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse for candy buffets, baking decorations, or craft projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans high quality and suitable for gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese jelly beans are made from quality ingredients and present with bright colors and consistent shapes, making them an attractive option for gift packaging and displays. The sealed Tundras bag helps preserve presentation until you’re ready to share or repackage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent size and color for neat presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable packaging supports gifting and storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic, crowd-pleasing flavors suit mixed-age groups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Tundras J0lly Ranchrs Classic Jelly Beans are best for hosts and event planners who need a colorful, fruit-flavored candy option in bulk; parents and teachers stocking party treats or classroom rewards; and anyone who enjoys a familiar assortment without buying multiple small packages. If you want an economical, resealable bag of timeless jelly bean flavors in a quantity large enough for multiple uses, this 2 lb mix is a practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What flavors are in this jelly bean mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The bag includes pineapple, lemon, lime, orange, strawberry, cherry, and grape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the bag resealable for later use?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the Tundras 2 lb bag is sealed and resealable to preserve freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Tundras","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003233325139,"sku":"B0C4WTSF3H","price":62.38,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/tundras-front-packaging-jelly-beans.jpg?v=1787209056"},{"product_id":"sweetgourmet-red-jumbo-cinnamon-jelly-beans-2-lb-bulk-bag-extra-large-sweet-spicy-chewy-candy","title":"SweetGourmet Red Jumbo Cinnamon Jelly Beans — 2 lb Bulk Bag, Extra-Large Sweet \u0026 Spicy Chewy Candy","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSweetGourmet Red Jumbo Cinnamon Jelly Beans are extra-large, soft, chewy candies packed with a bold sweet-and-spicy cinnamon kick in a 2-pound bulk bag.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a punchy cinnamon treat designed for lovers of warm, spicy confections. These jumbo-sized jelly beans deliver an amplified flavor experience compared with standard jelly beans, making them ideal for snack bowls, party displays, baking decorations, or whenever you want a memorable candy moment. The 2-pound bulk pack keeps a generous supply on hand for events, gifts, or everyday indulgence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these cinnamon jelly beans different from regular jelly beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize and flavor are the key differences. Each bean is noticeably larger, offering more chew and a longer-lasting taste. The cinnamon profile leans decidedly toward a warm, spicy-sweet finish rather than a mild, fruity note.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eJumbo dimensions for a heartier bite and extended chew time\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConcentrated cinnamon flavor for a bold sensory impact\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, chewy texture rather than a hard shell or brittle crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these beans at parties or events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese red cinnamon jelly beans work well as a focal candy in displays or as a complementary flavor in mixed bowls. Their bright color and generous size draw attention on dessert tables, and the 2-pound quantity covers multiple servings or favors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill clear jars or glass bowls for eye-catching candy stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackage into small favor bags for weddings, birthdays, or holiday handouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with other-sized jelly beans for texture and flavor contrast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the texture and flavor hold up when used in baking or decorating?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the substantial size and resilient chew make these beans suitable for decorative and culinary uses that don't require melting. They add a spicy-sweet accent as toppers or mix-ins, though they won’t dissolve like sugar decorations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse whole as vivid toppers for cupcakes or cookie displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChop into chunky pieces to mix into trail mixes or cookie dough\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBest for visual garnish or textural contrast rather than baking into batters where melting is needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long will a 2-pound bag stay fresh, and how should I store it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStored properly, the bulk bag keeps its flavor and chew for many weeks. Keep the package sealed and stowed away from heat or direct sunlight to preserve texture and avoid flavor fading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseal or transfer to an airtight container after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore at room temperature away from heat sources and sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for stocking candy jars, event prep, and long-term display use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: SweetGourmet Red Jumbo Cinnamon Jelly Beans suit anyone who appreciates intense cinnamon sweets, event planners and hosts seeking striking candy options, bakers and decorators wanting bold color and texture, and candy-lovers who prefer larger, chewy treats. If you want candy that stands out both visually and flavor-wise, this 2-pound pack delivers a steady supply of spicy-sweet satisfaction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Modified Corn Starch, Confectionary Glaze (Shellac), Carnauba Wax,M Artificial Flavor, Beeswax, Artificial Color (Includes Fd\u0026amp;C Red 40).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans spicy or just sweet?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: They deliver a bold cinnamon taste that combines sweet and spicy notes without being overwhelmingly hot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use these for wedding favors or party bags?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — the bright red color and jumbo size make them attractive and substantial in favor bags or candy stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"SweetGourmet","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003234144339,"sku":"B081TS5ZT9","price":62.33,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/sweetgourmet-red-jumbo-cinnamon-bag-front.jpg?v=1787209083"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-candy-corn-1-lb-16-oz-resealable-bag-creamy-vanilla-mellocreme-texture","title":"Jelly Belly Candy Corn - 1 lb (16 oz) Resealable Bag, Creamy Vanilla Mellocreme Texture","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Candy Corn is a one-pound bag of classic, creamy vanilla mellocreme candy delivered in a resealable package for year-round enjoyment.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHandcrafted by Jelly Belly’s candymakers, this Candy Corn reinterprets the nostalgic favorite with the brand’s signature mellocreme texture and a smooth vanilla flavor. Packaged straight from the factory in a 16-ounce resealable bag, each pound contains approximately 415 pieces and carries a 14-month shelf life. These candies are certified OU Kosher by the Orthodox Union and are made to be peanut-free, fat-free, gluten-free, and dairy-free, making them an approachable treat for many dietary preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes Jelly Belly Candy Corn different from everyday candy corn?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly applies its confectionery expertise to the familiar candy corn shape, emphasizing a rich, creamy mouthfeel rather than a hard, crunchy texture. The result is a softer, mellower bite with balanced vanilla notes designed to appeal to fans of gourmet sweets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with a mellocreme base for a soft, creamy texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDistinguished by smooth vanilla flavor rather than intense sweetness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduced by Jelly Belly’s experienced candymakers with quality control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fresh is the candy and how should I store it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 16-ounce bag is sealed at the factory and intended to stay fresh for up to 14 months when unopened. The resealable zipper helps retain texture and flavor after opening; store the bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable bag preserves freshness between servings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e14-month shelf life when kept unopened under recommended conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry cabinet; avoid heat and humidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this candy suitable for people with food restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly Candy Corn is formulated to be free from common allergens and animal-derived dairy, and it is certified OU Kosher. However, it’s sold by weight and made on dedicated lines, so always review packaging and contact Jelly Belly if you have severe allergy concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free, fat-free, gluten-free, and dairy-free formulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrthodox Union (OU) Kosher certified for added dietary assurance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight—approximately 415 pieces per pound—confirming quantity variability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much candy do I get and what is the packaging like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 16-ounce bag provides roughly 415 pieces; actual counts vary slightly since products are sold by weight. The bag is designed for retail and home use, with clear branding, nutritional information, and a zipper closure to maintain freshness after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e16 ounces (1 pound) per resealable bag, labeled from the source.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 415 pieces per pound—sold by weight, not volume.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging includes ingredient, certification, and handling details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Jelly Belly Candy Corn is ideal for people who love classic seasonal treats but want a softer, creamier version they can enjoy any time of year. It suits hosts stocking candy bowls, party planners seeking allergy-friendly options, and fans of premium confections wanting a reliable, resealable package. If freshness, quality ingredients, and Kosher certification matter to you, this one-pound bag delivers a convenient, year-round supply of creamy vanilla mellocreme candy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: MODIFIED SOY PROTEIN, ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, SORBITOL, COLOR ADDED, YELLOW 6 LAKE, YELLOW 5, RED 3, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE, SALT\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces are in a one-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 415 pieces per pound on average; counts vary since product is sold by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Jelly Belly Candy Corn kosher and allergen-friendly?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It is OU Kosher certified and made peanut-free, fat-free, gluten-free, and dairy-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003249414227,"sku":"B0015D440S","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-candy-corn-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787209362"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-top-banana-jelly-beans-1-lb-resealable-bag-real-banana-flavor-kosher","title":"Jelly Belly Top Banana Jelly Beans - 1 lb Resealable Bag, Real Banana Flavor, Kosher","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Top Banana Jelly Beans are a one-pound resealable bag of jelly beans flavored with real banana puree for an authentic, fruity banana taste.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Top Banana jelly beans come straight from Jelly Belly and are crafted with real banana juice to deliver a bright, true-to-fruit flavor in every bite. Packaged in a 16-ounce resealable bag, the beans stay fresher longer for snacking, baking, or sharing. Each bag contains about 400 beans, is OU Kosher certified, and is friendly for many dietary needs—gluten free, dairy free, peanut free, fat free, and vegetarian. With a 24-month shelf life and a product guarantee from the maker, these banana jelly beans are a convenient, flavorful treat to keep on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these banana jelly beans taste like real bananas?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly uses banana puree\/real banana juice during flavoring to recreate the distinct sweetness and aromatic notes of fresh bananas. The result is a bean that leans toward natural banana characteristics rather than an overly artificial candy note.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavored with real banana puree for authentic banana aroma and taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced sweetness so the banana flavor comes through cleanly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent flavor profile across each batch for predictable snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the resealable bag keep the jelly beans fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 16-ounce bag features a zipper-style reseal that reduces air exposure after opening, preserving texture and flavor. Resealing is especially helpful for portion control and for keeping beans ready for multiple uses over weeks or months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZip-top closure minimizes moisture and staleness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight—approximately 400 beans per pound\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24-month shelf life when stored in a cool, dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans suitable for special diets and allergies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—Top Banana beans meet several common dietary requirements and allergen concerns. They are OU Kosher certified and free from gluten, peanuts, dairy, and fat, making them a versatile option for many households and gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified for dietary observance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten free, dairy free, peanut free, and fat free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian friendly and only about four calories per bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use a one-pound bag of Top Banana beans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA one-pound bag is sized for multiple uses: portioned snacks, party bowls, baking accents, or themed mixes. The bright banana flavor pairs well with chocolate, other fruit flavors, or as a colorful garnish for desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for party candy stations, candy jars, or movie-night snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as colorful toppings for cupcakes, cookies, or frozen treats\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with other Jelly Belly varieties for custom flavor assortments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Jelly Belly Top Banana Jelly Beans are best for banana-flavor fans, party hosts, bakers, and anyone who needs a dependable, diet-friendly candy option. If you want a true banana taste in a single-serving-sized jelly bean with the convenience of resealable packaging and a trusted candy maker guarantee, this one-pound bag is a practical and flavorful choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, BANANA JUICE FROM PUREE, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: MALIC ACID, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, COLOR ADDED, YELLOW 5 LAKE, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many jelly beans are in a one-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 400 beans per one-pound (16 oz) bag; sold by weight, not volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans allergen friendly?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — Jelly Belly Top Banana are OU Kosher, gluten free, dairy free, peanut free, and vegetarian friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003249545299,"sku":"B0015D61M2","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-top-banana-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787209365"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-blueberry-jelly-beans-1-lb-resealable-bag-real-blueberry-juice-gluten-free-snack","title":"Jelly Belly Blueberry Jelly Beans 1 lb Resealable Bag — Real Blueberry Juice, Gluten-Free Snack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Blueberry Jelly Beans are a one-pound resealable bag of jelly beans flavored with real blueberry juice for authentic fruity taste and convenient freshness.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese blueberry jelly beans are crafted by Jelly Belly using natural blueberry juice to deliver a bright, true-to-fruit flavor in every bite. Packaged in a 16-ounce resealable bag, the beans stay fresh and travel-ready for snacking, sharing, or gifting. Each bean is vegetarian friendly and free from dairy, peanuts, gluten and fat, making them a flexible treat for many diets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these Jelly Belly blueberries taste compared with other fruit flavors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blueberry flavor emphasizes natural juice notes rather than artificial sugariness, providing a clean, ripe berry profile. Expect a slightly tangy center with a glossy candy shell for a balanced sweet-and-fruit experience. Because real blueberry juice is used, the flavor leans more toward authentic berry than generic \"blue\" candy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavored with real blueberry juice for genuine berry notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubtle tang in the center balanced by a sweet outer shell\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent Jelly Belly texture—soft center, snappy shell\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 400 beans per pound for portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these jelly beans fit my dietary needs and food sensitivities?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly Blueberry Jelly Beans are OU Kosher certified and free from common allergens like peanuts and dairy. They are also gluten-free, fat-free, and vegetarian, which makes them suitable for many dietary preferences. Each bean contains about four calories, which helps with mindful snacking and recipe use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified for religious dietary standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free and dairy-free for allergy-conscious households\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and vegetarian friendly for broader diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout four calories per bean for portion awareness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long do these jelly beans stay fresh and how are they packaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe candies are sold in a 16-ounce resealable bag that preserves freshness after opening. Jelly Belly recommends a 24-month shelf life when stored in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. Because items are sold by weight, the bag contains roughly 400 beans but counts can vary slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable 16 oz (1 lb) bag for on-the-go freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24-month shelf life under proper storage conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight, not by volume—bean count may vary\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging made to protect flavor and appearance during shipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat if my order arrives damaged or I'm not satisfied?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly stands behind the quality and condition of its candy and packaging. If your product arrives with compromised freshness, damaged packaging, or other issues, keep any uneaten candy and the original packaging. Contact Jelly Belly customer service with your order number to address the problem and receive assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSave the uneaten candy and packaging if there's an issue\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContact Jelly Belly customer support with order details\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompany commits to making product condition right for customers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: These Jelly Belly Blueberry Jelly Beans are ideal for candy lovers who prefer authentic fruit flavor, event planners seeking patriotic-themed blue candy, and shoppers needing allergen-friendly sweets. They also work well for bakers who add candy accents to desserts, parents packing treats for parties, or anyone wanting a resealable bulk bag for everyday snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, BLUEBERRY JUICE FROM PUREE, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: CITRIC ACID, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, COLOR ADDED, BLUE 1 LAKE, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these blueberry jelly beans gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Jelly Belly Blueberry Jelly Beans are gluten-free, dairy-free, peanut-free, and OU Kosher certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many beans are in a one-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 400 beans per pound on average, but the count may vary since they are sold by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003249578067,"sku":"B0015D44FS","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-blueberry-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787209365"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-red-apple-jelly-beans-1-lb-resealable-bag-real-apple-juice-flavor-kosher","title":"Jelly Belly Red Apple Jelly Beans — 1 lb Resealable Bag, Real Apple Juice Flavor, Kosher","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJelly Belly Red Apple Jelly Beans are bite-sized, real-apple-juice flavored jelly beans sold in a 1-pound resealable bag for fresh, juicy snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Red Apple jelly beans take their inspiration from Macintosh apples and deliver a bright red shell with a chewy white center. Each bean is flavored using real apple juice for an unmistakably fruity profile without seeds or artificial grit. The 16-ounce resealable bag keeps the beans fresh and makes them convenient for sharing, baking, or topping desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these Red Apple jelly beans taste authentic?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flavoring blends real apple juice with Jelly Belly's signature candy recipe, creating a sweet, fruity note that resembles a fresh red apple. The contrast between the bright red outer shell and the soft white center adds a familiar apple-like bite without any seeds or core texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal apple juice used in the flavoring for natural fruit notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwo-toned construction: red shell and white center for a crisp chew\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 400 beans per pound for plenty of servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the packaging keep the beans fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe jelly beans come in a factory-sealed 16-ounce bag that zips closed after opening. The resealable closure slows exposure to air and moisture, maintaining chewiness and flavor between uses. The bag is sold by weight, ensuring you get a full pound of candy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFactory-sealed for initial freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable zip closure for repeated freshness preservation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight (16 oz), not volume, for accurate portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for people with dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly Red Apple jelly beans are made to accommodate many dietary needs. They are OU Kosher certified and free from gluten, peanuts, dairy, and fat, and are vegetarian friendly. Each bean contains about four calories, making portion control straightforward for casual snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free, peanut-free, dairy-free, and fat-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian-friendly and ~4 calories per bean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use a one-pound bag at home or for events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA one-pound bag is versatile: use it for candy bowls, party favors, dessert toppings, or recipe accents. The vivid red color and apple flavor pair well with fall themes, classroom treats, and candy buffets. With roughly 400 beans per bag, you can portion them easily into small party bags or decorative jars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for candy dishes, bulk displays, and dessert garnishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for seasonal decor—especially autumn and back-to-school events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to portion for favors, baking decorations, or trail mixes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Jelly Belly Red Apple jelly beans suit anyone looking for a true-to-fruit candy experience—families, party planners, bakers, and fans of nostalgic, natural-flavored sweets. They work well for people who need allergen-conscious treats and for shoppers who prefer recognizable, official Jelly Belly quality in resealable, single-pound packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, APPLE JUICE FROM CONCENTRATE, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: LACTIC ACID, CITRIC ACID, FUMARIC ACID, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, COLOR ADDED, RED 40, YELLOW 6, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many jelly beans are in a one-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: There are approximately 400 jelly beans per one-pound (16 oz) bag, though counts can vary slightly by bean size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Jelly Belly Red Apple jelly beans peanut-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. These jelly beans are peanut-free and also gluten-free, dairy-free, and OU Kosher certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003249938515,"sku":"B0015D62F8","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-red-apple-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787209388"},{"product_id":"jelly-belly-chocolate-pudding-jelly-beans-1-lb-resealable-bag-real-chocolate-flavor-gluten-free","title":"Jelly Belly Chocolate Pudding Jelly Beans - 1 lb Resealable Bag, Real Chocolate Flavor, Gluten‑Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese Jelly Belly Chocolate Pudding jelly beans deliver real chocolate flavor in a one-pound resealable bag for lasting freshness and snacking convenience.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy gourmet-style jelly beans flavored with actual chocolate in every bite. Each 16-ounce bag contains approximately 400 beans and is packed straight from Jelly Belly’s factory. The beans are OU Kosher, gluten-free, peanut-free, dairy-free, fat-free, and suitable for vegetarians, with about 0.75 mg of caffeine per bean and roughly four calories each. The resealable pouch preserves texture and taste, and the product is sold by weight with a 24-month shelf life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these jelly beans taste like chocolate pudding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJelly Belly crafts this flavor using real chocolate to recreate the creamy, dessert-like notes of chocolate pudding in a chewy candy shell. The result is a balanced blend of cocoa depth and the brand’s signature jelly bean softness—not an artificial aftertaste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavored with real chocolate for authentic cocoa richness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, chewy center with a polished candy shell\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 400 beans per one-pound bag for generous portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fresh is the candy and how should I store it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bag is shipped fresh from the factory and includes a resealable closure to keep beans fresh after opening. For best texture and flavor, store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and extreme temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable 16 oz pouch preserves aroma and chew\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShelf life of up to 24 months when unopened\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold by weight (not volume) to ensure honest quantity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these jelly beans safe for people with common allergens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Jelly Belly Chocolate Pudding jelly beans are made to avoid several common allergens. They carry OU Kosher certification and are free from peanuts, dairy, gluten, and fat, making them suitable for many dietary preferences and restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOU Kosher certified for faith-based dietary needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut-free, dairy-free, gluten-free, and fat-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetarian-friendly and low-calorie (around four calories per bean)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much caffeine and how many beans come in the bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach Chocolate Pudding bean contains a trace amount of caffeine — approximately 0.75 mg per bean — so typical snacking provides a minimal stimulant effect compared with coffee or energy drinks. The one-pound bag contains about 400 beans, allowing multiple servings for sharing or events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e~0.75 mg caffeine per bean (trace amount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 400 beans per 16-ounce bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately four calories per bean for portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? These Jelly Belly Chocolate Pudding jelly beans are ideal for chocolate lovers who want a convenient, shareable treat with authentic cocoa flavor. They suit people looking for candy that fits kosher, vegetarian, and common-allergen-free diets, plus event planners, gift-givers, and anyone who prefers resealable packaging for prolonged freshness. If you want genuine Jelly Belly flavor in a durable, resealable one-pound bag, this candy is a practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, CONTAINS 2% OR LESS OF THE FOLLOWING: COCOA POWDER, CHOCOLATE LIQUOR, COCOA BUTTER, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, COLOR ADDED, RED 40 LAKE, YELLOW 5 LAKE, BLUE 2 LAKE, BEESWAX, CARNAUBA WAX, CONFECTIONER'S GLAZE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many jelly beans are in a 1-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: A one-pound (16 oz) bag contains approximately 400 Jelly Belly beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jelly beans gluten or dairy free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Jelly Belly Chocolate Pudding jelly beans are gluten-free and dairy-free, plus peanut-free and OU Kosher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Jelly Belly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003250036819,"sku":"B0015D87FQ","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/jelly-belly-chocolate-pudding-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787209415"}],"url":"https:\/\/spicestosnacks.ca\/collections\/jelly-beans.oembed","provider":"Spices To Snacks","version":"1.0","type":"link"}